(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

Academic Catalog 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 




The Mission 



The mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate 
education in the liberal arts. This is achieved 
within a coeducational, supportive, residential 
setting through programs that develop 
communication and critical thinking skills; 
foster self-awareness while increasing 
receptivity to new concepts and perspectives; 
explore literary and scientific traditions; 
cultivate an aesthetic sensibility; elicit social 
responsibility; promote racial inclusiveness, 
gender equality, and an appreciation of 
cultural diversity; and produce leadership for 
the institutions of society. Each student is 
encouraged to develop and strengthen virtues 
and traits of character that enable, ennoble, 
and emancipate the human spirit while 
deepening commitment to those values that 
undergird civilization. 

Fully accredited. Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Association of Colleges and 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission for 
Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church. 

Also, the Department of Nursing is accred- 
ited by the National League for Nursing. The 
Department of Chemistry is approved by the 
American Chemical Society to certify upon 
graduation those students who meet or exceed 
the requirements established by the Society 
for membership. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CONTENTS 



Contents 



Academic Calendar, 1998-1999 2 

Welcome to Lycoming 4 

The Campus 6 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Financial Matters 13 

Student Affairs 20 

Academic Policies And Regulations 23 

The Academic Program 29 

The Curriculum 49 

The Board of Trustees 165 

Administrative Staff/Faculty 166 

The Alumni Association 181 

Index 183 

Communication With 

Lycoming College Inside Back Cover 




The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 1998-99 academic year. 
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College 
in the fall of 1 998 or the spring of 1 999 are thereafter 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either general requirements or major require- 
ments, students have the option of following their original 
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College 
always reserves the right to determine which requirements 
apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but returns 
to the College after no more than one academic year has 
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect 
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws 
from the College for more than one year will, upon return, 
be required to complete the requirements currently 
imposed upon other students of the same academic level. 
A student who transfers to the College with advanced 
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have attained the same 
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be 
subject to the requirements stated on page 30. 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or 
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog 
without prior notice to those who may be affected by 
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant 
and/or the student and Lycoming College. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

• 



ACADEMIC Calendar i998 - 1999 






Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 10 


December 18 


Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 28 at 9 a.m. 


January 10 at 8 a.m. 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 29 at 10 a.m. 


January 10 at 8 a.m. 


Classes begin first period 


August 31 


January 11 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 31 


January 11 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


September 4 


January 15 


Last day for drop/add 


September 4 


January 15 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


September 4 


January 15 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 


October 9 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in Fall semester 




February 19 


Mid-semester deficiency reports due 
in Registrar's Office at noon 


October 19 


February 26 


Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 26 


Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 




March 7 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 8 


Enrollment deposit deadline 




March 9 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

• 







Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


October 30 


March 19 


Last days to withdraw from 
half semester courses. 


1 st 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 


September 30 
November 18 


February 10 
April 7 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 24 




Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 


November 29 




Classes resume first period after 
Thanksgiving 


November 30 




Final examinations begin 


December 14 


April 26 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 18 


April 30 


Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m. 


December 18 


April 30 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 
Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m. 


May 9 


June 6 


July 11 


Classes begin 


May 10 


June? 


July 12 


Last day for drop/add 


May 11 


June 9 


July 14 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 11 


June 9 


July 14 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 26 


June 28 


August 2 


Term ends 


June 4 


July 9 


August 13 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 4 


July 9 


August 13 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman Seminar August 28, 29, 30 

New Student Convocation August 28 

Labor Day (classes in session). . . September 7 

Science Saturday September 26 

Family Weekend October 2,3,4 

Homecoming Weekend October 9, 10,1 1 

Long Weekend (no classes). . October 1 6, 1 7, 1 8 

Admissions Open House October 24 

Institute for Management Studies 

Open House October 3 1 

Admissions Open House November 14 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Thanksgiving Recess Nov. 25 - 29 

Admissions Open House January 23 

Admissions Open House February 13 

Spring Recess February 27 - March 7 

Good Friday (no classes) April 2 

Honors Convocation April 18 

Accepted Students Day April 1 1 

Baccalaureate May 8 

Commencement May 9 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 3 1 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



Welcome To Lycoming College 




Lycoming College is a small liberal arts 
college dedicated to providing the type of 
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a 
supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S. News and World Report has recog- 
nized Lycoming as one of the top ten regional 
colleges in the United States. It is something 
that Lycoming alumni have quiedy known for 
years. The reasons are simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 
for individual attention by a faculty truly 



committed to teaching. The average gradua- 
tion rate for first time freshmen is 59%. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared 
to meet the challenges of life through an 
academic program that includes both breadth 
of study in the humanities, social sciences and 
natural sciences and depth of study in at least 
one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts programs in 33 major fields, a 
bachelor of science in two major fields, and a 
bachelor of science degree in nursing. 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will 
find excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, 
Lycoming students can study engineering, 
forestry, environment, podiatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology — while 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 

• 



Still enjoying the benefits of a small college 
experience. They can also study at 
Westminster College in Oxford, England; 
Anglia Polytechnic University in Cambridge, 
England; Regent's College in London, 
England; or spend a semester in Washington, 
D.C., or New York City through a number of 
other cooperative programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to one-third of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience as 
part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, commu- 
nication, government, health and social 
services. The close relationship between the 
College and the community has given 
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their 
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experience 
rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. How- 
ever, students may take one course during 
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two 
courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important qualities 
of Lycoming is its feeling of community. 
Lycoming is a truly residential college where 
all students, with the exception of close 
commuters, live on campus in one of the 
College's residence halls. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by a 
variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a weekly newspaper, run 
the campus radio station, edit a yearbook, 
mount theatre productions, participate in a 
nationally acclaimed choir and concert band, 
as well as organize and manage their own 
social fraternities and sororities, special 
interest clubs and campus-wide social events. 




Student athletes can try out for 19 different 
varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women) or 
participate in the College's strong intramural 
program. 

All students are admitted free to the 
Lycoming College Artist Series which has 
brought The New York City Opera National 
Company; such Broadway musicals as Annie, 
Into the Woods and Big River, and other 
artists, ranging from the Tokyo String Quartet 
to the Pilobolus Dance Theater. Student-run 
programs have brought in Gin Blossoms, 
Violent Femmes, Howie Mandel, Brian 
Adams, and Rythm Syndicate. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and 
the site of its annual international champion- 
ship. The greater metro area has a population 
of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the 
state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia, 
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY •THE CAMPUS 



History 



The history of Lycoming College has been 
one of continual evolution. The institution has 
been, at one time or another, an elementary and 
secondary school, a seminary, a junior college 
and at present a four-year liberal arts college — 
going through three name changes in the 
process. Sold by the Presbyterians to the 
Methodists (who bought it as a source of 
revenue), it is today an independent non- 
profit, private college, affiliated with the 
United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher, Rev. Benjamin H. 
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and 
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, derived 
from the Indian word "lacomic," meaning 
"Great Stream," a name that enjoys local 
popularity as the name of the county, a 
township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to every 
student entering its doors. 




THE Campus 



Nineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35- 
acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic 
field and football stadium lie a few blocks 
north of the main campus. 

Modern buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable double rooms; the student union; 
and the physical education/recreation center. 
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the 
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center, 
an electronic music studio, a photography 
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer 
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the 
physical education center opened in 1980. An 
arts center was renovated and opened in 1983. 
The Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
opened in 1990. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 

• 



Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The United 
Methodist Church in America, who made the 
circuit through the upper Susque-hanna District 
in 1812, the year Lycoming (then the 
Williamsport Academy) opened its doors. 
Asbury Hall houses freshman students in a co- 
educational environment. The Telecommuni- 
cations Office is located in the basement. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of 
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The 
self-contained units contain student rooms and 
a chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health 
and counseling services, dining services 
office, security, residence life, and buildings 
and grounds. Rich is an all female hall. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, professor 
of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses 
freshmen in a co-educational environment. 

Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 



Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 

Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most architec- 
turally impressive complex on campus, the 
Center is composed of four buildings: the 
John G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle 
Hall, the Arena Theatre and Laboratories, and 
the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library 

(1968) — The library is named after the late 
state senator John G. Snowden. An active 
instruction program acquaints students with 
academic library strategies and supports their 
specific research in each discipline studied. 
Students become familiar with traditional 
methods of research as well as new informa- 
tion technologies utilizing computerized CD- 
ROM and on-line searching, and the Internet. 
The collection includes more than 160,000 
volumes, approximately 1000 periodical titles, 
and a strong reference section suitable to an 
undergraduate education. The Snowden 
Memorial Library also serves as a partial 
depository for U.S. government publications 
and houses the archives of the Central 
Pennsylvania Conference of the United 
Methodist Church and the College archives. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the north- 
west comer of the first floor of the John G. 
Snowden Memorial Library, the gallery 
contains exhibits year-round, including shows 
of student work. 

Office of Communications Technology/ 
Computer Center (1969) — Lycoming 
College provides at least one computer 
network access point in each room on campus. 
This is the completion of an ambitious three 
year undertaking to enrich the educational 
environment. Students have access to a 
variety of on campus resources and world 
wide resources through the network. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 



The College maintains three public use 
computer labs, two labs populated with IBM 
compatible computers, and one lab populated 
by Macintosh computers. The IBM based labs 
use the Windows operating system. These 
labs utilize several popular software packages, 
including WordPerfect, Excel, Freelance and 
BMDP. The Macintosh lab uses the System 7 
operating system. WordPerfect, PageMaker, 
Photoshop, Quark and Macromedia Director 
are among the applications available in the 
Macintosh lab. Laser printing is available in 
both labs, with scanning and color printing 
available in the Macintosh lab. 

Lycoming College maintains a site on 
the World Wide Web. Our URL is 
http://www.lycoming.edu Any student who is 
enrolled at Lycoming may receive a free 
E-mail account as well as unlimited access to 
the Internet and World Wide Web by filling 
out an application and attending an introduc- 
tory workshop. Most academic departments 
maintain home pages and resources under 
the Lycoming College home pages. Many 
faculty post departmental information, syllabi, 
information about majors and a variety of 
other resources under their departmental home 
pages. A growing number of faculty require 
students to have E-mail accounts so that they 
may communicate during off hours. 

Any student living in a residence hall may 
apply to join the Residential Networking 
Program, ResNet. Students need properly 
configured computers to give them access to 
E-mail and the World Wide Web from their 
rooms. The college has arranged through a 
local service provider to offer access to off- 
campus students for E-mail and the World 
Wide Web at reduced rates 

The College runs its administrative comput- 
ing system from a UNIX based platform 
featuring a Hewlett Packard 8270. An IBM 
RS6000 running AIX provides access to a 
variety of different software packages to 
students in the Mathematical Sciences. 



ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a 
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus. 
To join the Residential Networking Program, 
ResNet, a student must have a computer that 
meets a minimal set of standards and he/she 
must compete the Residential Networking 
Access Account Application, contracting for 
the complete set of Internet Services. The 
access account fee is $15.00 per month. 
Applications are available in the Residence 
Life Office, the Telecommunications Office, or 
in the Office of Communications Technology. 

Video Conference Facility (1995) - The 

College maintains a specially equipped video- 
conference facility that provides access to 
courses, lectures and resources that would 
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part of 
a consortium of schools that uses this tech- 
nology to enhance educational opportunities. 

Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This 
computer lab features state-of-the-art Macintosh 
graphic stations equipped with animation, 
photographic imaging, and paint and draw 
programs for both fine arts and commercial 
design students, along with desktop publishing 
and a number of other programs for general 
use. The programs are updated annually. 

Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) — 

Located in the lower level of the Academic 
Center, it is a replica of a modem hospital ward, 
complete with 10 simulated work stations, a 
nurses' station, an intensive care unit and all 
the medical equipment used by nurses. 

Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the 
George Wendle family, a College benefactor, 
this building contains 21 classrooms, the 
psychology laboratories, three computer lab- 
oratories with 50 IBM terminals available for 
use, and spacious Pennington Lounge, an 
informal meeting place for students and faculty. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 

• 



Arena Theatre and Laboratories (1968) — 

The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre is one of the 
finest in the region. It includes projection 
facilities, scene and costume shops, a make-up 
room, and a multiple-use area known as the 
Down Stage, where one-act experimental 
plays are performed. The language, business, 
mathematics, and physics laboratories are 
situated on the upper floors. The Detwiler 
Planetarium is located on the ground floor. 

Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 

Academic Resource Center — Located on 
the top floor of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors 
during the academic year. The Center offers 
workshops, tutoring, and counseling. 

Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
fully equipped for both black and white and 
color photography. 

Communication Center (1987) — The focal 
point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses two editing 
rooms, a classroom, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper office. 

Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is 
one of the finest undergraduate science facilities 
in the East. The three-level structure totals 
more than 63,000 square feet and contains 
state-of-the-art biology and chemistry labora- 
tories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, a science 
reading area and a greenhouse as well as 
classrooms and faculty offices. 



Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha 
B. Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains 
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the 
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital hall, 
music classrooms, practice studios, an elec- 
tronic music studio and faculty offices. 

Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1857 the Admissions 
House is the oldest building on the campus. It 
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with twenty-eight 
other dwellings, and in 1940 became the 
President's home. John W. Long occupied it 
for the remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick 
Wertz lived in the house from 1955 until 1965 
when the College made the property at 325 
Grampian Boulevard the President's home. 
The building was then converted for use by 
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a 
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the 
department was relocated and the house was 
vacant until 1 987 when it was restored by 
college craftsmen to its original Federalist 
design under the supervision of Carol Baker 
'60, who kindly volunteered her services 
during the year-long reconstruction. The 
Admissions House was a gift of the W. F. Rich 
family. 

John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administrative offices, including those of the 
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro- 
grams, College Relations. Institutional 
Advancement, Publications, and Financial 
Aid. It includes a reception area and the 
printing and bulk mail office. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 




Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni 
Lounge. 

Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named 
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955- 
1968), it contains the main and private dining 
rooms, Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area, 
game rooms. Jack's Comer, bookstore, post 
office, student activities office. Career Develop- 
ment Center, and student organization offices. 

Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Admission 
To Lycoming 



Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color, 
national or ethnic background. 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the 
basis of their academic preparation, talents, 
and interests, as well as the College's capacity 
to help them achieve their educational 
objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of natural 
or physical science, three years of social 
science, and two years of academic electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SAT or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, as 
well as a personal interview, may be required 
prior to the determination of admissibility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year 
through April 1st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding May 
1st through December 1st. 

Applications, when complete, are reviewed 
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally, 
applicants are notified in writing regarding the 
outcome of their applications within three 
weeks following the receipt of all required 
materials. 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Freshman Applicants 

Freshman applicants must complete the 
following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $25 
application fee. 

3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

4) Submit official results of the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (SAT I) or the American 
College Test (ACT). 

5 ) Submit two personal letters of recommendation. 

Transfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the post- 
secondary institution(s) attended. 

Credit will be granted only for courses 
which have a grade of "C-" or higher. 
Courses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" 
will not transfer. Lycoming College will 
determine which courses are appropriate for 
transfer and is under no obligation to accept 
any course. Final determination of transfer 
credit will be made by the Lycoming College 
Registrar based on official transcripts only. 
Transfer courses will be shown on the 
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T." 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1 ) Complete and return application with the 
$25 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each 
post-secondary school attended. Students 
who have accumulated less than 24 
semester hours or 36 credit hours must also 
submit high school transcripts. 



3) Submit the Lycoming Transfer Form 

(it will be sent to you upon application). 

4) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester 
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200 
level and up to 32 semester credits at the 
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a 
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the 
final 32 credits of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the 
major area must be taken at Lycoming College. 
Challenge examinations may not be used to 
fulfill this requirement. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 26. 

International Applicants 

Prospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 

International applicants must complete 
each of the following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or comparable evidence of English 
language fluency. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 
College is U.S. $21,000. Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not 
included in $21,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1 ) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions Com- 
mittee in reviewing your application, please 
indicate it on a separate piece of paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for 
the SAT or ACT assessment may be waived. 

Readmission to the College 

All students who leave the College for one 
or more semesters must apply for readmission 
through the Office of the Registrar. Students 
will be notified by mail when readmission has 
been granted. They must then pay a deposit of 
$ 1 00 confirming their intention to re-matricu- 
late in order to receive registration materials. 
Students seeking residence must submit an 
additional $100 Room Reservation Deposit as 
well as contact the Office of Residence Life to 
make arrangements to reserve a room. These 
deposits are non-refundable. Students who do 
not attend Lycoming College the term for which 
readmittance is granted will be required to 
complete another readmission application when 
they desire to return. Students who return to 
the College after no more than one academic 
year has passed may retain the same require- 
ments in effect at the initial date of entrance. 
After one year, students will be required to 
complete the requirements currently imposed 
upon other students of the same academic level. 



Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1 st, or by Decem- 
ber 1 st for the following spring semester by 
submitting the appropriate deposit. Nonresi- 
dent, commuting students are required to submit 
a $100 Confirmation Deposit. Resident 
students are required to submit the $100 
Confirmation Deposit, as well as a $100 Room 
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international 
applicants are required to submit all applicable 
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st 
for the following fall semester, and December 
1 st for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

Incoming freshmen are required to attend one 
of three summer orientation sessions with at 
least one parent before they enroll in the fall. 
Upperclass transfer students are invited to a 
separate session. The purpose of the program 
is to acquaint the new students and their parents 
more fully with the College so that they can 
begin their Lycoming experience under the most 
favorable circumstances. Students will take 
placement tests, meet their academic advisor, 
and preregister for fall classes. Information on 
orientation is mailed to new students after they 
confirm their intention to enroll. 

Withdrawal of Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1 ) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not 
provided by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or 
the Lycoming College Student Handbook. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 




Admissions Office 
Location and Hours 

Prospective students and their families are 
encouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
conducted tour and an interview with an 
admissions counselor, who will provide 
additional information about the College and 
answer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located on 
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For 
an appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920 or 
(717)321-4026, or write Office of Admissions, 
Lycoming College, Williamsport, PA 17701. 

Office hours are: 
Weekdays 

September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 

p.m. 

May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

Saturdays 

September through April: 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 

noon 

May through August: appointments by 

request. 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Financial Matters 



Expenses for the 
Academic Year 1998-99 

The following expenses are effective for the 
regular fall and spring semesters. The College 
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. The 
fees for each semester are payable approxi- 
mately two weeks prior to the start of classes for 
the semester as indicated on the semester bill. 

Fees Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $8,365 $16,730 

Room Rent $1,200 $2,500 

Board $1,135 $2,270 

Total $10,750 $21,500 

One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $25 

Confirmation Deposit $100 

Contingency Deposit $100 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Part-Time Students Fees 

Application Fee $25 

Each Unit Course $2,092.00 

Additional Charges 

Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for 

Returning Students $100 

Activity Fee $80 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $190 

Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course. . $10 to $100 

Reregistration Fee $25 

Parking Permit (for the academic year) $20 

Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

School Nurse Fee $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University) $75 

Transcript Fee $3* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge. . . . additional charge of 

$500 per semester. 
The tuition covers the regular course load 
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester. 
Resident students must board at the College 
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authorization 
is extended for other eating arrangements. If a 
double room is used as a single room, there is 
an additional charge of $500 per semester. The 
estimated cost for books and supplies is up to 
$800 per year, depending on the course of 
study. Special session (May Term and Summer 
Session) charges for tuition, room, and board 
are established during the fall semester. 
^$3 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy 
request at the same time. No charge for 
currently enrolled fidl-time students. No 
transcripts will be issued for a student or 
alumnus whose financial obligation to the 
college has not been satisfied. 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $25 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 



Confirmation Deposit — After students have 
been notified of their admission to Lycoming, 
they are required to make a $100 Confirma- 
tion Deposit to confirm their intention to 
matriculate. Students seeking residence must 
submit an additional $100 Room Reservation 
Deposit. All deposits are applied to the general 
charges for the first semester of attendance. 
After May 1 , deposits are nonrefundable. 

Contingency Deposit — A one-time deposit 
of $100 is required of all full-time students as 
a guarantee for payment of damage to or loss 
of College property, for library and parking 
fines, or similar penalties imposed by the 
College. The balance of this deposit is 
refunded after all debts to the College have 
been paid, either upon graduation or upon 
written request submitted to the Registrar two 
weeks prior to voluntary permanent termina- 
tion of enrollment. (See page 26.) 

Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable 
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all 
current full and part-time degree-seeking 
students each spring in order to pre-register 
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/or 
to participate in the annual room selection 
process. This deposit is applied against the fall 
semester bill. 

Partial Payments 

For the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Bursar for the monthly payment of 
College fees through various educational plans. 
Additional information may be obtained from 
the Treasurer's Office or Admissions Office. 

Lycoming College Withdrawal 
Refund Policy 

The College has adopted for all students 
the refund policies prescribed by the U. S. 
Department of Education for those receiving 
Federal financial aid. If a student withdraws 
from the College on or before the first day of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 



classes, all money paid by or on behalf of the 
student, with the exception of the enrollment 
deposit, will be refunded. If the student is a 
recipient of financial aid, all financial aid 
programs will be refunded as well. 

Students wishing to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should meet with 
the Associate Dean of the College or the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen to ensure that 
student financial and academic records are 
properly closed. The effective date of calculat- 
ing refunds shall be the date the notification of 
withdrawal is given to the Dean or the date of 
last class attended, whichever is later. 

Students withdrawing, or dropping during 
their first semester of attendance at Lycoming 
will receive a prorated refund for tuition, fees, 
room and board, less an administrative fee of 
$100 and any unpaid charges, according to the 
following schedule: 

Refund Charge 
During Week 1 90% 10% 

During Weeks 2 and 3 80% 20% 

During Week 4 70% 30% 

During Weeks 5 and 6 60% 40% 

During Week 7 50% 50% 

During Weeks 8 and 9 40% 60% 

After 9th Week 0% 100% 

All other students will receive a refund of 
tuition, fees, room and board, less an admin- 
istrative fee of $100, according to the follow- 
ing schedule: 

Refund Charge 
On the First Day of Class 1 00% 0% 
Remainder of Week 1 and 2 90% 10% 
During Weeks 3 and 4 50% 50% 

During Weeks 5 through 8 25% 75% 
After 8th Week 0% 100% 

Comparative schedules apply to the May and 
Summer terms. 

The U. S. Department of Education 
requires that, for any student receiving federal 
financial aid, the federal programs be refunded 
IN FULL in a prescribed order prior to any 
refund being issued to the student. State 



Grant programs have varying regulations 
concerning refunds, but most will require at 
least a partial refund of the State Grant. If the 
student has received a Lycoming Grant, a pro- 
rated portion of the student's refund also will 
be repaid to the Lycoming Grant program. 
This will reduce, or in many cases eliminate, 
the amount of the refund the student otherwise 
would receive. Detailed examples are 
available from the Financial Aid Office. 

Full-time students who, after reducing their 
course loads, continue to be enrolled for 1 2 to 
16 semester hours are not eligible for a refund 
of tuition for an individual course. Students 
who register for extra hours in excess of 1 6 
hours per semester and who later reduce their 
loads will be refunded the fee charged for 
overloads according to the above schedules. 
Students who enroll full-time and subse- 
quently assume part-time status by reducing 
their loads below 12 hours, and part-time 
students who drop individual courses, will be 
refunded according to the above schedules for 
the semester hours dropped. The assumption 
of part-time status normally involves a 
substantial reduction of financial aid since 
most financial aid programs do not extend 
eligibility to part-time students. 

The calculated refund will be reduced by 
unpaid charges. Any balance remaining will 
be billed to the student. Unpaid student 
account balances will be charged interest at 
the rate of 1 % per month on the month-end 
balance until account is paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, all costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Students will not be registered for courses in 
a new semester if their accounts for previous 
attendance have not been setded. Diplomas, 
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals 
in good standing are issued only when a satis- 
factory settlement of all financial obligations 
has been made in the Business Office. Final 
grades may also be held in some cases. Unpaid 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



Student accounts will be charged interest at the 
rate of 1 % per month on the month-end 
balance until accounts are paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, all costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 

FINANCIAL AID 

NOTE: A more detailed explanation of 
Lycoming College financial aid programs, 
policies and procedures is contained in the 
student consumer's guide available through 
the Office of Financial Aid. 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. While 
some assistance is available to students regard- 
less of need (merit scholarships), the primary 
purpose of the College's financial aid program 
is to help qualified students of limited 
financial resources attend Lycoming College. 
Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of 
merit and/or need, while grants are provided 
solely on the basis of financial need. Long- 
term educational loans with favorable interest 
rates and repayment terms are available, as are 
part-time employment opportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
applications after January 1st, as appropriate 
income information becomes available, but 
before April 1 . Although applications may be 
filed later, applicants can only receive 
consideration for remaining available funds 
and normally will not receive full funding of 
his or her eligibility. 

To be considered for financial aid, students 
and families must complete the following 
steps for each year the student seeks assistance: 

1 . Fully complete and submit the Lycoming 
Financial Aid Application (LFAA). 
Return the completed application to the 
Financial Aid Office. 

2. The College may request signed and dated 
copies of student and parent(s) Federal 
income tax returns (1040, 1040 A, 1040ez, 
1040PC, TeleFile), including W-2 forms, be 
sent to the Financial Aid Office. The tax 



returns required are for the year preceding 
the academic year in which the student 
seeks assistance. 

3. Fully complete and submit the Free Applica- 
tion For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 
Returning students should submit the 
Renewal FAFSA. 

4. PA residents can apply for state grant 
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state to see if 
additional forms must be filed. 

Basic eligibility requirements for all 
federal programs are listed on the FAFSA 
application. Students are responsible for 
understanding the basic eligibility requirements. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

To remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time 
study, they may still be eligible for federal 
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
continue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative 
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic 
Standing sections on page 27). A student who 
is granted an academic appeal may continue to 
receive financial assistance only if the student 
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and 
quantitative (credits completed) requirements 
listed below. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



End of Sem. Min. Cum. GPA Min. Cr. Comp. 



1 


1.50 


10 


2 


1.60 


20 


3 


1.70 


34 


4 


2.00 


48 


5 


2.00 


61 


6 


2.00 


74 


7 


2.00 


88 


8 


2.00 


102 


9 


2.00 


115 


10 


2.00 


128 



Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail 
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA require- 
ment will be placed on financial aid probation. 
This allows one additional semester of course 
work to bring the academic record up to min- 
imum standards. Failure to meet the stated min- 
imum after the probation period will result in 
a suspension of all (federal, state, and institu- 
tional) financial aid until the standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is mea- 
sured annually and cumulatively by the Office 
of Financial Aid. Official notification of 
probation or suspension is made by the Office 
of Financial Aid. Students wishing to appeal 
his or her suspension of aid, and who have 
legitimate reason for doing so (e.g. illness), must 
put their request in writing to the Director of 
Financial Aid at least two weeks prior to the 
start of the semester for which the exception is 
sought. Students placed on Financial Aid Pro- 
bation for a period of two (2) consecutive sem- 
esters, and who have therefore been granted an 
appeal after the first probation semester, are pro- 
hibited from future appeals. If the student fails 
to attain the minimum standards after the second 
semester of probation, eligibility for financial 
assistance will be cancelled automatically. 

Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for 
determining eligibility for financial assistance 
and has absolutely no bearing on any determi- 
nation made by the Registrar and/or the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 



College Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
awarded to eligible students who are full-time 
and degree-seeking. Students already possess- 
ing a bachelor's degree are ineligible for 
scholarships, grants and institutional loans. 
Refer to the student Financial Aid Guide and/or 
the Financial Aid Update for a more detailed 
explanation of eligibility requirements for all 
Lycoming programs. 

Lycoming Grants may be awarded to 
students to help meet their documented 
financial need. Renewal requires continued 
financial need as determined by Federal 
Methodology and/ or the financial aid director. 
Students should expect the Grant award to 
remain constant for each semester they are 
enrolled. 

Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of 
tuifion for all others. Students meeting the 
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming 
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 25% 

tuition are awarded to students preparing for 
the Christian ministry. Students must complete 
a pre-ministerial grant application available 
through the financial aid office. Students 
meeting the criteria for this grant and any other 
Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Federal Grants 

Pell Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal formula. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with 
except-ional financial need. Priority must be 
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are 
provided by the federal government. Funds 
are limited. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state for availability of 
funds to students attending out-of-state colleges. 

Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone Loan 

allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum 
of $2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may 
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually. 
Eligible juniors and seniors may borrow up to 
a maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal 
gov-emment pays the interest while the 
student is enrolled on at least a half-time basis. 
The student begins to repay the loan (interest 
and principal) 6 months after leaving school. 
The interest rate for new borrowers is variable 
based on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%, 
capped at 8.25%. The rate is adjusted every 
July 1 . Loan amounts are pro-rated for less 
than full-time students. Eligibility is based on 
financial need. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan provides an opportunity for students to 
borrow under the Stafford Program who do not 
qualify for the maximum amount of subsidized 
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount 
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsub- 
sidized eligibility. Interest must be paid by the 
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled 
(check with your lender to see if interest 
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of 



the loan are similar to those under the 
Subsidized program. Independent students 
may be eligible for higher loan limits; 
contact the Financial Aid Office for more 
information. 

Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum 
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a 
period beginning nine months after the date 
on which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at 
least half-time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The 
amount a parent may borrow for one year is 
equal to the cost of education for one year 
minus any fin-ancial aid the student is eligible 
for in that year. The interest rate is variable but 
is capped at 9%. The interest rate is determined 
every July 1 and is equal to the bond equivalent 
rate of 52-week T-Bill plus 3. 1 %. An applica- 
tion is available at your bank or other lending 
institution. 

Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program 
Awards provide work opportunities on campus 
for qualified students. Students receive pay- 
checks for work performed in the previous pay 
period. Based on documented need and awarded 
by the Financial Aid Office. Funding is 
limited. The student assumes full responsibiUty 
in locat-ing a job. Returning students who wish 
to work the following year must have their name 
sub mitted to the Financial Aid Office by their 
supervisor before the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
work-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
students can get additional information in the 
Financial Aid Office. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Lycoming Campus Employment Program 

is similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
students are paid with institutional funds only 
and is not based on financial need. A limited 
number of jobs are available. Funding is limited. 

Presidential Fellowships in Music are 

available for selected students. Auditions and 
interviews are conducted annually by the 
Music department. A tuition stipend of $250 
is awarded for each semester the student 
serves as a Fellow. Recipients are expected to 
fulfill responsibilities assigned each semester 
by the Department with the primary responsi- 
bility being musical performance. Renewable 
upon Departmental recommendation. 

Faculty Scholar Fellowships of $1,500 may 
be available to students receiving the $12,500 
Faculty Scholar Award. Fellowship recipients 
are expected to work approximately 10 to 12 
hours per week for the department sponsoring 
the fellowship. Renewable upon Departmen- 
tal recommendation; students must also 
maintain a 3.00 cumulative G.P.A. 

Other Job Opportunities are frequently 
available with local business firms or persons. 
Contact the Career Development Office of the 
College for information on these opportunities. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

available for qualified veterans and children of 
deceased or disabled veterans. Contact the 
Veteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Office for more information. 

Tuition Exchange Grants may be available. 
Lycoming College is a member of both the 
Tuition Exchange Program and the CICU 
Tuition Exchange Program. These programs are 
for dependent students of employees at partici- 
pating institutions of higher education. Students 



should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at 
their sponsor institution for information regard- 
ing sponsorship. Students are expected to apply 
for all federal and state grants. If the student 
receives a federal or state grant, those amounts 
may be applied toward room and board charges 
if the student resides in the dorms. If the student 
commutes, the grant amount is equal to tuition 
less federal and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking appli- 
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or 
better, are active in Christian activities, and who 
are active, full members of a United Methodist 
church. Demonstrated financial need is also 
required. Normally, seven $500 scholarships 
are awarded each year. Annual application is 
required. Recipients are selected by the 
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded 
to the neediest students. The funds are 
provided by the United Methodist Church. 
Applications are available in the Financial Aid 
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA 
of at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $1,500 
subject to the availability of the funds. Contact 
The Board of Higher Education and Ministry, 
P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 for more 
information. 

Non-college Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resources. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 




Student Affairs 



The Division of Student Affairs coordi- 
nates a variety of programs, services, and 
activities designed to enhance students' 
personal, social, and educational growth and 
development. This is accomplished through a 
composite of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Career Development Center 

• Campus Ministry 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling Services 

• Greek life 

• Health Services 

• International student advising 

• Intramural sports, recreation, 
and leisure time activity 

• Judicial affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student activities and leadership 
development 

The Student Affairs staff view students as 
collaborators in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will take 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help students 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



identify their abilities and interests, set 
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to 
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming 
students begins in the freshman year. 

Individual and group counseling focus on 
teaching students how they can learn about 
different career fields and present themselves 
to potential employers in a positive and 
effective manner. Helping students make 
appropriate and meaningful connections 
between college and career is a goal of the 
Career Development Center. 

Counseling Services 

Counseling Services assist students to ensure 
that their college experience is prosperous and 
rewarding. Professional, confidential services 
are provided free of charge to Lycoming 
students. Counseling Services are designed to 
facilitate one's self-understanding as well as to 
provide support for students' adjustment and 
transition to college life. Counseling Services 
also provide advocacy to students with learning 
differences and conducts outreach programs for 
the entire college community. 

Health Services 

Lycoming College Health Services focuses 
on the holistic care of the individual, health 
maintenance, and wellness through health 
education and prevention of illness. Educa- 
tional materials and instructional programs are 
available through the Student Health Services. 

Routine medical care is provided without 
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday 
8:00 a.m. -4:30 p.m. during the fall and spring 
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time 
registered nurse with a physician available on a 
daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the 
recommendations of the American College 
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylvania 
Department of Health, and the Centers for 
Disease Control (CDC). 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Community Service 

Community Service is a learning opportunity 
for students accomplished in conjunction with 
various agencies in the Williamsport area or 
college departments. This activity allows 
students to expand their knowledge relative to 
specific individuals and certain communities 
including but not limited to their history, 
culture, and needs. The outcome of such 
service promotes students personal and social 
development as well as giving them an en- 
hanced perspective concerning civic 
responsibility and social justice. 

The Community Service Center, located in 
Clarke Chapel, coordinates many service 
opportunities available to students, faculty, and 
staff in the greater Williamsport aiea. A 
number of the community service projects 
including Big Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for 
Humanity, the Literacy Project, a school 
tutoring program, Kiwanis Kids Kamp, Adopt- 
A-Highway, Bloodmobile, Shephard of the 
Streets, and the CROP Walk for World Hunger. 

Residence Life 

As a residential college, Lycoming offers 
students the opportunity to integrate academic 
and residential experiences. The Residence 
Life Office is committed to providing a living/ 
learning environment to help each resident 
grow as a person and as a student. Lycoming 
College requires all students to live in college 
housing and participate in the college board 
plan each of their four years. Married students, 
students residing with their parents within a 40 
mile radius, students living with their depen- 
dents, and students 23 years or older may 
request to be exempted from this policy. Such 
requests should be submitted in writing to the 
Dean of Student Affairs at least three weeks 
prior to the beginning of the semester for 
which students are requesting permission to 
live off campus. 

Residence halls put students at the heart of 
College activity — offering greater opportuni- 



ties for participation. Through programs, 
leadership opportunities, and peer interactions, 
residents gain a sense of belonging to the 
campus community, acquire new knowledge 
and skills, have easy access to College services, 
make informed choices, and assume responsi- 
bility for themselves and their community. 

The residence halls are staffed with upperclass 
students who serve as Resident Advisors (RAs) 
selected on the basis of leadership skills. RAs 
provide information, refer students to campus 
and local resources, help enforce College and 
community standards, use helping skills for 
students in need, and facilitate educational and 
social programs. Most importantly, RAs assist 
residents in the develop-ment and maintenance 
of strong, positive residence hall communities. 
The Residence Life Council also encourages 
student participation and involvement in such 
areas as policy formulation, facility improve- 
ment, and general resident concerns. With the 
guidance and support of Residence Life staff, 
each resident is expected to become involved in 
promoting a positive learning environment in 
their community. 

Several different living options are avail- 
able for students in our eight residence halls. 
Asbury and Skeath Halls house all freshmen 
students in a co-educational environment 
encouraging students to develop class identity 
and unity. The six upperclass halls offer 
opportunities for co-educational housing, an 
all female hall, fraternity and sorority chapter 
housing, intensive study areas, a substance free 
area, and smoking environments. Additional 
information is sent to students following their 
acceptance by the College. 

Athletics 

Athletics are an important part of the 
Lycoming experience. As a member of the 
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors seventeen 
intercollegiate sports for both men and women 
student-athletes. 

Men can choose from football, soccer, cross 
country, wrestling, golf, basketball, lacrosse, 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 



swimming, tennis, and track and field. Women 
can compete in soccer, cross country, lacrosse, 
volleyball, basketball, swimming, softball, 
tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
athletic conference. As a Division III school, 
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very active 
intramural and recreation program that is open 
to all students. This program includes, among 
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach 
volleyball, and flag football. 

Student Programs 

The Office of Student Programs offers 
assistance and resources for all campus 
activities and student organizations. Through 
the efforts of the student administered Campus 
Activities Board (CAB), extra and co- 
curricular programming is offered to the entire 
college community. CAB programming is 
designed to enhance the overall educational 
experience of students through the exposure to 
social, cultural, and recreational programs. 
Members of the staff in Student Activities also 
direct leadership training programs for the 
student government, the Interfratemity and 
Panhellenic Councils, the International 
Student Organization, the Arrow Yearbook, 
and all registered student organizations. 

Religious Life 

The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a 
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay 
minister, provides a wide range of activities in 
support of the spiritual development and 
religious life of students. Ecumenical and 
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at 
Lycoming provides worship services, service 
projects, social occasions, retreats, study 
opportunities, and personal counseling. 
The chaplains are an integral part of campus 
life and are available to students who may 
need support, counsel, or direction. 



Safety and Security 

The Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty- 
four hour a day telephone extensions are used 
to handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran- 
sportation, emergency maintenance referral, 
an escort service, guest and parking registra- 
tion, and the dissemination of telephone 
numbers and general information to the public 
when the College switchboard is closed. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of its 
students. Respect for the rights of others and 
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment 
of these goals. Students are expected to 
adhere to the policies contained in the Student 
Handbook and other College publications. 
These policies, rules and regulations are part 
of the contractual agreement students enter 
into when they register at Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the Student 
Handbook and Residence Hall Agreement in 
order to familiarize themselves with the 
policies governing student conduct. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 




Academic Policies 
And Regulations 



Students are expected to familiarize 
themselves with the academic policies 
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so 
does not excuse students from the require- 
ments and regulations described herein. 

THE UNIT 
COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is orga- 
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental 
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning 
that each course taken is considered to be 
equivalent to four semester hours of credit. 
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre 
practicum courses, which are offered for either 
one-half or one semester hour of credit, and in 
departments that have elected to offer certain 
courses for the equivalent of one, two or three 



semester hours of credit. Furthermore, 
independent studies and internships carrying 
two semester hours of credit may be designed. 

The normal student course load is four unit 
courses during the fall and spring semesters. 
Students who elect to attend the special sessions 
may enroll in one course during the May term 
and one or two courses in each of the summer 
terms. A student is considered full time when 
enrolled for a minimum of three unit courses 
during the fall or spring semesters, one unit 
course for the May term, and two unit courses 
for each of the summer terms. 

Students may enroll in five unit courses 
during the fall and spring semesters if they 
are Lycoming scholars or were admitted to 
the Dean's List at the end of the previous 
semester. Exceptions may be granted by the 
Dean of the College. Overloads are not 
permitted during the May and summer terms. 

ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT SOURCES 
Transfer Credit 

Matriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair 
of the department in which the credit will be 
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar. 
Course work counting toward a major or minor 
must also be approved in advance by the chair- 
person of the department in which the major or 
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, 
the credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F" 
grades will be transferred as well as all other 
grades. Students are expected to complete their 
last eight unit courses, and 16 semester hours 
in their major at Lycoming. Requests for 
waivers of this regulation must be sent to the 
Committee on Academic Standards. Final 
determination of transfer credit will be made by 
the Registrar based on official transcripts only. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Credit By Examination 

Students may earn credit or advanced 
placement through the standardized examina- 
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent 
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure- 
ate degree may be earned through these exam- 
inations. The appropriate academic department 
will determine which tests they will accept 
and the course equivalencies. A list of 
approved examinations is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. Although these exam- 
inations may be taken after matriculation, new 
students who are competent in a given area are 
encouraged to take the examination of their 
choice before entering Lycoming so that the 
college will have the test scores available for 
registration advising for the first semester of 
enrollment. Students applying to the college 
for the first time should inform the Admis- 
sions Office that they have completed these 
tests and provide the official scores as part of 
their application packet. Continuing students 
must send official test scores to the Office of 
the Registrar and inform their academic 
advisors when examinations have been taken. 

The College Entrance Examination Board 
Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - A score 
of three or above is required for credit or 
advanced placement. 

The International Baccalaureate - Students 
who have completed the full diploma and 
have scores of five or above will be granted 
32 credit hours, specific courses will be based 
on the examinations taken. Students who 
have completed the certificate will be granted 
credit based on the examinations taken. 
Subsidiary examinations will not be considered. 

The American College Testing Proficiency 
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

College Level Examination Program 
(CLEP) - A score at the 75th percentile or 
above on the General Examinations and a 



score equivalent to a grade of "B" or above on 
the Subject Examinations is required. 

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional 
Education Support (DANTES) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

The policy regarding student educational 
records is designed to protect the privacy of 
students against unwarranted intrusions and is 
consistent with Section 43B of the General 
Education Provision Act (commonly known as 
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College 
policy on student records and the procedures 
for gaining access to student records are 
contained in the current issue of the Student 
Handbook, which is available in the library and 
the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 

REGISTRATION 

During the registration period, students select 
their courses for the next semester and register 
their course selections in the Office of the 
Registrar. Course selection is made in consult- 
ation with the student's faculty advisor in order 
to insure that the course schedule is consistent 
with College requirements and student goals. 
After the registration period, any change in the 
student's course schedule must be approved by 
both the faculty advisor and Office of the 
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for 
courses in which they are not formally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, students 
may drop any course without any record of 
such enrollment appearing on their permanent 
record, and they may add any course that is 
not closed. The permanent record will reflect 
the student's registration as of the conclusion 
of the drop/add period. Students wishing to 
withdraw from a course between the fifth day 
and the 9th week of classes must secure a 
withdrawal form from the Office of the 
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not 
computed in the grade point average. Stu- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



dents may not withdraw from courses after the 
9th week of a semester and the comparable 
period during the May and summer terms. 
Students who stop attending a course (or 
courses) but do not withdraw will receive a 
grade(s) of "F." 

In zero-credit and two-credit ( 1/2 unit) 
courses meeting only during the last half of any 
semester, smdents may drop/add for a period of 
five days, effective with the mid-term date 
shown on the academic calendar. Withdrawal 
from zero-credit and half-semester courses with 
a withdrawal grade may occur within 4 1/2 
weeks of the beginning of the course. It is 
understood that the period of time at the 
beginning of the semester will be identical, for 
example, a period of five days as indicated 
above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at Penn College while remaining 
enrolled in courses at Lycoming. 

NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Students who do not wish to pursue a degree at 
Lycoming College may, if space permits, register 
for credit or audit courses on either a part-time 
or full-time basis. Students who register for one 
or two courses are considered to be enrolled part- 
time; students who register for three or four 
courses are considered to be enrolled full-time. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application form in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application 
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four unit courses, the student 
must either matriculate or obtain permission 
from the Dean of the College to continue study 
on a non-degree basis. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 



stated in the College Catalog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register individuals who do 
not meet the standards of the College. 

Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must apply for 
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all 
conditions for admission and registration in 
effect at that time. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycoming 
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of 
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may 
audit a fifth course per semester at no additional 
charge. Laboratory and other special fees must 
be paid in full. Examinations, papers, and other 
evaluation devices are not required of auditors, 
but individual arrangements may be made to 
complete such exercises with consent of the 
instructor. The option to audit a course must be 
declared by the end of the drop/add period. 
Forms are available in the Registrar's Office 

ATTENDANCE 

The academic program at Lycoming is based 
upon the assumption that there is value in class 
attendance for all students. Individual instruc- 
tors have the prerogative of establishing 
reasonable absence regulations in any course. 
The student is responsible for learning and 
observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should contact the 
Office of the Associate Dean of the College or 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen. College 
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure 
that the student's financial and academic 
records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue study 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



a 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



with written notification of such plans in order 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
See page 14 for details. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

The evaluation of student performance in 
credit courses is indicated by the use of 
traditional letter symbols. These symbols and 
their definitions are as follows: 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- 
ment through mastery of content or skills and 
demonstration of creative and independent 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence in 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course grade will count toward the GPA 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE 
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional 
grade of A through D-. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 





Quality Points 




Earned for Each 


Grade 


Semester Hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


c 


2.00 


c- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 

W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal 
from the course from the sixth day through the 
ninth week of the semester. 

Pluses and 
minuses may be 
awarded (except 
for A+, F+, or F- ) 
at the discretion 
of the instructor. 

The cumula- 
tive grade point 
average (GPA) is 
calculated by 
multiplying quality 
points by credits 
and dividing the 
total quality 
points by the total 
credits. A quality 
point is the unit of measurement of the quality 
of work done by the student. The cumulative 
GPA is not determined by averaging semester 
GPA's. 

The grade point average for the major is 
calculated in the same way as the cumulative 
grade point average. A minimum of 2.00 is 
required for the cumulative grade point 
average in the major to meet the requirements 
for graduation. 

Pass/Fail 

Use of the pass/fail grading option is 
limited as follows (this does not apply to 
ENGL 105): 

• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one unit course per semester and in 
no more than four unit courses during their 
undergraduate careers. 

• P/F courses completed after declaration of a 
major may not be used to satisfy a require- 
ment of that major, including courses required 
by the major department which are offered 
by other departments. (Instructor-designated 
courses are excepted from this limitation.) 



^» 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 

• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a 
P/F basis. 

• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate 

a minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the grade 
point average. If a student selects P/F (with 
no designated minimum acceptance grade) 
and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will be 
recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this 
grade will be recorded in the permanent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadline. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be 
removed within six weeks of the next regular 
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted 
to an "F." 



Repetition of Course 

Students shall have the option of repeating 
courses for which they already have received a 
passing grade in addition to those which they 
have failed. Recording of grades for all 
repeated courses shall be governed by the 
following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

The following table is used to determine the 
academic grade level of degree candidates. 
See page 16 for related Financial Aid 
information. 

Year Semester Number of Semester 
Hours Earned 

Freshman 1 Fewer than 12 

2 At least 12 but fewer than 24 

Sophomore 1 At least 24 but fewer than 40 

2 At least 40 but fewer than 56 

Junior 1 At least 56 but fewer than 76 

2 At least 76 but fewer than 96 

Senior 1 At least 96 but fewer than 11 2 

2 More than 112 

ACADEMIC STANDING 

Good Academic Standing 

Students will be considered in good academic 
standing if they meet the following standard: 

Minimum 
Semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA 

fewer than or equal to 1 6 1 .70 

more than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .80 
more than 32, fewer than or equal to 48 1 .90 
more than 48 2.00 

Probation 

Students who do not meet the standards for 
good academic standing at the end of one 
semester will be placed on academic probation. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Students on academic probation are required 
to pass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, 
if they have not already done so, and are 
encouraged to attend programs developed by 
the Freshman and Sophomore deans. 

Suspension 

Students will be subject to suspension from 
the College when: 

• their cumulative grade point average is 
below good standing for any two 
semesters, or 

• they earn a grade point average of 1 .00 or 
under in any one semester. 

The period of suspension will be for a 
minimum of one full semester, not including 
May term or the summer sessions. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after suspension will 
be on academic probation. 

• Students readmitted after suspension who 
fail to meet the required standards may be 
dismissed. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval and with grades 
below a "C" will not be accepted for 
transfer. 

Dismissal 

Students will be subject to dismissal from the 
College when: 

• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc- 
cessful course attempts (grades of F and 
W) except in the case of withdrawal for 
documented medical or psychological 
reasons, or 

• they cannot reasonably complete all 
requirements for a degree. 

The standard length of dismissal will be for a 
period of two years. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after dismissal will be 
on academic probation. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval and with grades 
below a "C" will not be accepted for 
transfer. 

Probation, suspension, and dismissal become 
effective at the end of the semester in which 
the student fails to meet the academic stan- 
dards listed above. The student will be 
notified of such action via U.S. mail. Receipt 
of such notice is not a prerequisite to the 
student's being placed on probation, suspen- 
sion, or dismissal. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

The integrity of the academic process of 
the College requires honesty in all phases of 
the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 
fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for 
the adjudication of cases of academic dishon- 
esty are printed in The Faculty Handbook and 
The Pathfinder (the student academic hand- 
book), copies of which are available in the 
library. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 
Dean's List 

Students are admitted to the Dean's List at 
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they 
meet all of the following conditions: 

• complete at least 12 semester hours for the 
semester 

• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50 
for the semester 

• do not incur grades of F 

• do not incur grades of P (except in those 
courses graded only as P/F) 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• do not repeat any courses (except those 
which may be repeated for credit) 

Graduation Honors 

Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, or the 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree with 
honors when they have earned the following 
grade point averages based on all courses 
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 
64 semester hours (16 units) required for a 
student to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude exactly 3.50-3.89 

cum laude exactly 3.25-3.49 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Freshmen Men Blue Key 

Freshmen Women Gold Key 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 

Nursing Sigma Theta Tau 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 

See page 160 for a complete list of Endowed 
Awards and Annual Prizes. 




The Academic 
Program 



Lycoming College awards three different 
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of 
Science (B.S.) and Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing (B.S.N.). For students wishing to do 
so, multiple degrees are possible. Candidates 
for multiple degrees must satisfy all require- 
ments for each degree and earn a minimum of 
40 units (160 semester hours). Students who 
have completed fewer than 40 units but more 
than 32 (128 semester hours), and who have 
completed all other requirements for two 
baccalaureate degrees from Lycoming College 
will receive only one baccalaureate degree. 
They must choose the degree to be conferred. 
Completed majors will be posted to the 
transcript. 

Freshmen entering the College during the 
1 998-99 academic year are subject to the 
requirements which appear on the following 
pages. Continuing students are subject to the 
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry 
unless they elect to complete the current 
curriculum. Students who transfer to the 
College with advanced standing will be 
subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have 
attained the same academic level. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Students already possessing a baccalaure- 
ate degree who are returning for a second 
degree will be reviewed on an individiual 
basis by the Registrar and major department. 
Post-baccalaureate students will be subject to 
the current catalog, must complete all major 
requirements and related prerequisites, and 
may be required to complete the distribution 
requirements. This does not apply to non- 
degree students in certificate-only programs. 

Students must complete the final 32 
semester hours of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 semester 
hours in the major program must be taken at 
Lycoming. 

If a student interrupts his or her education 
but returns to the College after no more than 
one academic year has passed, he/she will 
retain the same requirements in effect at the 
initial date of entrance. A student who 
withdraws from the College for more than one 
year will, upon return, be required to complete 
the requirements currently imposed upon other 
students of the same academic level. 

Lycoming College certifies three official 
graduation dates per calendar year: the May 
commencement date for those students who 
complete their degree requirements between 
January 1 and the conclusion of the Spring 
semester; September 15 for those students who 
finish after the conclusion of the Spring 
semester and by September 1 ; and January 1 
for those students who finish between 
September 1 and the conclusion of the Fall 
semester. 

Lycoming's Commencement ceremony 
occurs in May. Students will be permitted to 
participate in the ceremony when (a) they 
have finished all degree requirements as of the 
preceeding January 1, have finished all degree 
requirements as of the May date, or have 
a plan approved by the Registrar for finishing 
by September 1 of the same calendar year ; 
and (b) they are in good academic standing at 
the conclusion of their last semester prior to 
the ceremony. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Exceptions to or waivers of any require- 
ments and/or policies listed in this Catalog 
must be made by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an informed and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanities, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp 
the modes of inquiry and knowledge associ- 
ated with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Bachelor of Arts degree 
is conferred upon the student who has com- 
pleted an educational program incorporating 
the two principles of the liberal arts known as 
distribution and concentration. The objective 
of the distribution principle is to insure that 
the student achieves breadth in learning 
through the study of the major dimensions of 
human inquiry: the humanities, the social 
sciences, and the natural sciences. The 
objective of the concentration principle is to 
provide depth of learning through completion 
of a program of study in a given discipline or 
subject area known as the major. The effect 
of both principles is to impart knowledge, 
inspire inquiry, and encourage creative thought. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. 
Athletic training courses or Military Science 



^» 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



1 1 , 02 K 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this 
requirement. 

• Complete a major consisting of at least eight 
courses. Students must pass every course 
required for the major and have a minimum 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00. Additional credits 
beyond 1 28 semester hours may be completed 
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average is maintained. 

• Complete //; residence the final eight courses 
offered for the degree at Lycoming. 

• Complete the above requirements within 
seven years of continuous enrollment 
following the date of matriculation. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree is available 
to students majoring in Biology or Chemistry. 
Students may elect either the B.A. or the B.S. 
degree in these majors. The B.S. degree is 
appropriate for students planning further 
education in a graduate or professional school. 

Requirements 

Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology or 
Chemistry as described on page 66 and 78 
respectively. Students must pass every 
course required for the major and have a 
minimum major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. Athletic 
Training courses or Military Science Oil, 
02 1 , 03 1 or 04 1 may satisfy this requirement. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum grade point average of 
2.00. Additional credits beyond 128 semester 
hours may be completed provided that the 
minimum 2.00 cumulative average is 
maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
offered for the degree at Lycoming. 

• Complete the above requirements within 
seven years of continuous enrollment 
following the date of matriculation. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN NURSING 
DEGREE 

The program of study leading to the Bachelor 
of Science in Nursing degree is designed to 
prepare men and women as beginning practi- 
tioners of professional nursing, qualified for 
first-level positions in a variety of health 
settings and for graduate study in nursing. Upon 
satisfactory completion of the program, a 
graduate is eligible to write the State Board of 
Nursing examination for licensure as a 
registered nurse. The goal of the program is to 
develop a liberally-educated and self-directed 
individual who is prepared to contribute to the 
welfare of the nation through the practice of 
professional nursing, which supports the 
promotion and restoration of the health of 
individuals and families in a variety of settings. 

Requirements 

Every B.S.N, degree candidate is expected 
to meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the 19-course major. Students 
must pass every course required for the 
major and have a minimum major grade 
point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

I LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative average 
of 2.00. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activi- 
ties, Wellness and Community Service. 
Athletic training or Military Science Oil, 
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this 
requirement. 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

• Complete the degree requirements within a 
five-year period after admission to the nursing 
major. Candidates who are unable to meet 
this requirement must petition for an 
extension. 

THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. 

Degrees 

A course can be used to satisfy only one 
distribution requirement (except in the Cultural 
Diversity area). Courses for which a grade of 
"P" is recorded may not be used toward the 
fulfillment of the distribution requirements. 
(Refer to page 26 for an explanation 
of the grading system.) No more than two 
courses used to satisfy the distribution 
requirements may be selected from the same 
department, except for ENGL 105 and 106 or 
107 and Foreign Language Courses numbered 
below 222. A course in any of the following 
distribution requirements refers to a full-unit 
course (four semester hours) taken at Lycoming, 
any appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, any appropriate course 
which is taken by cross-registration, any 
appropriate course which is part of an approved 
off-campus program (such as those listed in 
the catalog sections titled COOPERATIVE 
PROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC 



OPPORTUNITIES, and STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS) or any approved course 
transferred from another institution. 

Special distribution requirements which 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program appear on page 40. For information 
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 24. 

A. English - Students are required to pass 
ENGL 105, unless exempted on the basis of 
the college's placement examination, and 
ENGL 106 or 107. ENGL 105 and ENGL 
106 or 107 must be taken during the freshman 
year unless the student does not successfully 
complete ENGL 105 during the first semester. 

B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art, 
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or 
THEA 100, 1 12, 1 14, 148, 332, 333, 335. 

C. Foreign Language - Students are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless 
exempted on the basis of placement, and a 
course numbered above 101 in the same 
language. Placement at the appropriate course 
level will be determined by the faculty of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. Students who have completed 
two or more years of a given language in high 
school are not admitted for credit to the 
elementary course in the same foreign 
language except by written permission of the 
chairman of the department. 

D. Humanities - Students are required to pass 
four courses from History, Literature, includ- 
ing THEA 333 and 335, Philosophy, and/or 
Religion. At least one course must be suc- 
cessfully completed in 3 of the 4 disciplines. 

E. Mathematics - Students are required to 
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and 
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108, 
MATH 103, 106, 109, 112, 116, 128, 129, 130 
or 214. Competence in basic algebra may be 
demonstrated by passing the basic algebra 
section of the Mathematics Placement Examina- 
tion, or successfully completing MATH 100. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



The Mathematics Placement Examination 
may be scheduled a maximum of three times, 
only one of which may be after matriculation. 
A retest fee of $25 will be charged for each 
private test administration. 

F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to pass 
two courses chosen from Astronomy/Physics, 
Biology, and/or Chemisty. 

G. Social Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two courses from Economics, Political 
Science, Psychology and/or Sociology- 
Anthropology. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required 
to pass one designated course which intro- 
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are 
distinct from the predominant Anglo-Ameri- 
can culture. The course selected to fulfill this 
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of 
the other general education requirements in 
the liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the 
cultural diversity requirement by successfully 
completing at least one semester (4 units) in a 
college-accepted study abroad program. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
will be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity) 
courses for that semester. 

ART 

BUSINESS 

ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 



MUSIC 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 222, 339 
BUS 241, 244, 319 
ENGL 334 
FRN 228 
GERM 221, 222 
HIST 120, 140, 
230,240,310 
MUS 116, 128,234 
PSCI221,326, 340 
PSY 341 
REL 110,224, 
225, 226, 228 
SOC 229, 331,334, 
335, 336 337, 338 
SPAN 221, 222, 
311 



THEATRE 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 



THEA 112, 114, 
332,333,335,410 
WMST 320 



Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skills 
promote intellectual growth and are a hallmark 
of the educated person. The program has 
therefore been designed to achieve two major, 
interrelated objectives: 

1 ) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a 
variety of contexts and in a substantial 
number of courses, in which they receive 
faculty guidance and reinforcement. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must successfully complete the 
following writing requirements: 

1 ) ENGL 105 or exemption from the course. 

2) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL 
107 (Honors Composition). 

3) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

4) Three courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

• Successful completion of ENGL 106 
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment 
in writing-intensive courses. 

• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• One of the student's "W" courses must 
be in his/her major (or one of the 
majors) or with departmental approval 
from a related department. Not all 
three can be from the same major. 

III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



may be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 



ACCOUNTING 

AMERICAN STUDIES 
ART 

ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 
BUSINESS 
CHEMISTRY 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
ECONOMICS 
EDUCATION 
ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 

INTERNATIONAL 

STUDIES 
COMMUNICATION 
MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 

NEAR EAST CULTURE 
NURSING 
PHILOSOPHY 



PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 



ACCT 223, 
224, 442 
HIST 443 
ART222, 223, 331, 

333, 334, 336, 339 
ASTR 230 

BIO 222, 224 
BUS 244, 441 
CHEM330, 331, 
332 

CPTR 246, 344 
HIST 230, 443 
ECON 337, 440 
EDUC 343, 344 
ENGL 225, 331, 

334, 335, 336, 420 
FRN441 
GERM 431, 441 
HIST 218, 230, 
332, 443, 449 
INST 449 

COMM 226, 330 
MATH 234 
MUS 336 
ART 222 
NURS221,435 
PHIL 216, 218, 
219,301,332,333, 
334, 335, 449 
PHYS 338, 447 
PSCI 223, 244, 
334, 400 

PSY 225, 431,432 
REL 230, 331,337 
SOC229,441 

SPAN 325, 418 
THEA 332, 333 



Physical Activities, Wellness, and 
Community Service Program 

L Purpose 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must pass any combination of two 
semesters of course work selected from the 
following: 

1 . Designated physical activities courses. 

2. Designated varsity athletics. 

3. Designated wellness courses. 

4. Designated community service projects. 

CONCENTRATION 
The Major 

Students are required to complete a series of 
courses in one departmental or interdisciplinary 
(established or individual) major. Specific 
course requirements for each major offered by 
the College are listed in the curriculum section 
of this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or 
higher grade point average in those courses 
stipulated as comprising the major. Students 
must declare a major by the beginning of their 
junior year. Departmental and established 
interdisciplinary majors are declared in the 
Office of the Registrar, whereas individual 
interdisciplinary majors must be approved by 
the Committee on Curriculum Development. 
Students may complete more than one major, 
each of which will be recorded on the tran- 
script. Students may be removed from major 
status if they are not making satisfactory 
progress in their major. This action is taken 
by the Dean of the College upon the recom- 
mendation of the department, coordinating 
committee (for established interdisciplinary 
majors), or Curriculum Development Commit- 
tee (for individual interdisciplinary majors). 
The decision of the Dean of the College may 
be appealed to the Committee on Academic 
Standards by the student involved or by the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



recommending department or committee. 
Students pursuing majors in two different 
degrees are subject to the policy for dual 
degrees on page 29. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Departmental majors are available: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer Science 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Nursing 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology-Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

Established Interdisciplinary Majors — 

The following established interdisciplinary 
majors include course work in two or more 
departments: 

Accounting-Mathematical Sciences 

Actuarial Mathematics 

American Studies 

Criminal Justice 

International Studies 

Literature 

Near East Culture and Archaeology 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



to their needs and objectives and which 
combine course work in more than one depart- 
ment. These majors are developed in consulta- 
tion with students' faculty advisors and with a 
panel of faculty members from each of the 
sponsoring departments. The applications are 
acted upon by the Curriculum Development 
Committee. The major normally consists of 10 
courses beyond those taken to satisfy the 
distribution requirements. Students are expect- 
ed to complete at least six courses at the junior 
or senior level. Examples of individual inter- 
disciplinary majors are: Legal Studies, Western 
History and Archaeology, Women and the 
Legal System, and Religion and Marketing. 

The Minor 

The College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors are 
subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two courses 
which are not counted in the student's major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major disci- 
pline is Art and the minor is Art History or 
their major is Biology and the minor is 
Environmental Science. (A discipline is any 
course of study in which a student can 
major. Tracks within majors are not separate 
disciplines.) 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by signing a form available in the 
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 
signatures, and returning the completed form to 
the Office of the Registrar. 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



When students complete a minor, the title 
will be indicated on their official transcript. 
Students must meet the requirements for the 
minor which are in effect at the time they 
declare a minor or which are in effect subse- 
quent to that time before they graduate. 

Departmental Minors — Requirements for a 
departmental minor vary from department to 
department. Students interested in pursuing a 
departmental minor should consult that 
department for its policy regarding minors. 

Departmental minors are available in the 

following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 

ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental Science 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 

General Management 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
ECONOMICS 
ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

World Politics 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Theatre History and Literature 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary 
minors include course work in two or more 
departments. Students interested in interdisci- 
plinary minors should consult the faculty 
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary 
minors are available in the following areas: 
BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE, and WOMEN'S STUDIES. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Profes- 

sional Advising" in The Advising Program 

section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 
provide the best preparation for future teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming 
College Teacher Education Certificate 
requirements. Students can be certified in 
elementary education or one or more of the 
following secondary areas: art (K-12), biology, 
chemistry, English, French, general science 
(with biology or astronomy/physics tracks), 
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics, 
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher 
education programs are approved by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education. 



^A 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in 
most other states either through reciprocal 
agreements or by transcript evaluation. See 
the Education Department listing on page 90. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo- 
pathic, podiatric and veterinary medicine; 
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around 
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry, 
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of 
subject matter from the humanities, social 
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of 
undergraduate study is recommended before 
entry into a professional school; the normal 
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts 
degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester (see page 44). 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; 
rather, a student is encouraged to design a 
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary 
major) which is of personal interest and 
significance. While no specific major is 
recommended, there are certain skills of 
particular relevance to the pre-law student: 
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading 
comprehension. These skills should be 
developed during the undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC) 
during their first semester (see page 44). 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students preparing to attend a theological 
seminary should examine the suggestions set 
down by the Association of Theological 
Schools. It is recommended that students 



pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with 
a major in one of the humanities (English, 
history, languages, literature, philosophy, 
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri- 
can studies, criminal justice, economics, 
international studies, political science, psychol- 
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and sociol- 
ogy. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 
directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary. 

Students should register with the Theologi- 
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 
education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations (see page 44). 

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with opport- 
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and 
talents in selected areas through access to the 
specialized academic programs and facilities 
of other colleges, universities, academies and 
hospitals. Although thorough advising and 
curricular planning are provided for each of 
the cooperative programs, admission to 
Lycoming and registration in the program of 
choice do not guarantee admission to the coop- 
erating institution. The prerogative of admitting 
students to the cooperative aspect of the 
program rests with the cooperating institution. 
Students who are interested in a cooperative 
program should contact the coordinator during 
the first week of the first semester of their 
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to 
plan their course programs in a manner that 
will ensure completion of required courses 
according to the schedule stipulated for the 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



program. All cooperative programs require 
special coordination of course scheduling at 
Lycoming. 

Engineering — Combining the advantages of 
a liberal arts education and the technical train- 
ing of an engineering curriculum, this program 
is offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva- 
nia State University and Washington Univer- 
sity at St. Louis. Students complete three years 
of study at Lycoming and two years at the 
cooperating university. Upon satisfactory 
completion of the first year of engineering 
studies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts 
degree. When students successfully complete 
the second year of engineering studies, the 
cooperating university awards a Bachelor of 
Science degree in engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
tribution program and courses in physics, 
mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva- 
nia State University offers aerospace, agricul- 
tural, ceramic, chemical, civil, computer, 
electrical, engineering science, industrial, 
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering. 
Similar offerings are available at Washington 
University at St. Louis. 

Forestry or Environmental Studies — 

Lycoming College offers a cooperative 
program with Duke University in environ- 
mental management and forestry. Qualified 
students can earn the baccalaureate and master 
degrees in five years, spending three years at 
Lycoming and two years at Duke. All 
Lycoming distribution and major requirements 
must be completed by the end of the junior 
year. At the end of the first year at Duke, a 
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by 
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional 
degree of Master of Forestry or Master of 
Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 



The program is flexible enough, however, 
to accommodate a variety of individual designs. 
An undergraduate major in one of the natural 
sciences, social sciences, or business may 
provide good preparation for the programs at 
Duke, but a student with any undergraduate 
concentration will be considered for admission. 
All students need at least two courses each in 
biology, mathematics, and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in July 
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one- 
month session of field work in natural resource 
management. They must complete a total of 
48 units which generally takes four semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
baccalaureate degree before undertaking grad- 
uate study at Duke. The master degree 
requirements for these students are the same 
as for those students entering after the junior 
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate 
work of satisfactory quality. All credit 
reductions are determined individually and 
consider the students' educational background 
and objectives. 

Medical Technology - Students desiring a 
career in medical technology may either 
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
Science program followed by a clinical 
internship at any hospital accredited by the 
American Medical Association, or they may 
complete the cooperative program. Students 
electing the cooperative program normally 
study for three years at Lycoming, during 
which time they complete 24 unit courses, 
including the College distribution require- 
ments, a major, and requirements of the 
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The current 
requirements of the NAACLS are: four 
courses in chemistry (one of which must be 
either organic or biochemistry); four courses 
in biology (including courses in microbiology 
and immunology), and one course in mathe- 
matics. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major 
of six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO 
225). Students must take either Microbiology 
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health 
Sciences (BIO 226). and either Human 
Physiology (BIO 323) orCell Biology (BIO 
435). The cooperative program requires 
successful completion of a one-year internship 
at a hospital accredited by the American 
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated 
with the following accredited hospitals: Divine 
Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert Packer, 
Lancaster, and Abington. Students in the 
cooperative program receive credit at 
Lycoming for each of eight courses in biology 
and chemistry successfully completed during 
the clinical internship. Successful completion 
of the Registry Examination is not considered a 
graduation requirement at Lycoming College. 
Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming 
must complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry after only three years at 
Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of 
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates for 
the professional segment of the program is 
completed by the admissions committee of the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during the 
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is one 
of two routes that students may choose. Any 
student, of course, may follow the regular 
application procedures for admission to the 



Pennsylvania College of Optometry or another 
college of optometry to matriculate following 
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro- 
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming 
College, the student will complete 24 unit 
courses, including all distribution require- 
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes- 
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation 
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat- 
ics. During the first year of study at the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the 
student will take 39 semester hours of basic 
science courses in addition to introductions to 
optometry and health care. Successful comple- 
tion of the first year of professional training will 
complete the course requirements for the B.A. 
degree at Lycoming College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of 
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors 
must coordinate their plans with the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee in order to 
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements. 

Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 
podiatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- 
erated Podiatric Medical Educadon Curricu- 
lum Program ( APMEC). The latter program 
provides an opportunity for students to 
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the 
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) 
after three years of study at Lycoming. At 
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
including the distribution requirements and a 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



basic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students 
must successfully complete a program of basic 
science courses and an introduction to podiatry. 
Successful completion of the first year of 
professional training will contribute toward the 
fulfillment of the course requirements for a 
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete a 
modified major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM. 

Students interested in a career in pediatric 
medicine should indicate their intentions to 
the Health Professions Advisory Committee. 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming 
students to enroll in R.O.T.C. Lycoming 
notes enrollment in and successful completion 
of the program on student transcripts. Mili- 
tary Science is a four-year program divided 
into a basic course given during the freshman 
and sophomore years and an advanced course 
given during the junior and senior years. 
Students who have not completed the basic 
course may qualify for the advanced course by 
completing summer camp between the 
sophomore and junior years. Students 
enrolled in the advanced course receive an 
annual stipend of $1,000. One course each in 
written communication, human behavior, and 
military history will fulfill the professional 
military education requirements. R.O.T.C. 
scholarship cadets must also complete one 
semester of a foreign language. 

Students successfully completing the 
advanced course and advanced summer camp 
between the junior and senior years will qualify 
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in 
the United States Army upon graduation, and 



will incur a service obligation in the active 
Army or Army Reserves. The only expense 
to the student for this program is the $75 uni- 
form deposit, which is refundable, less costs. 

THE HONORS PROGRAM 

The Scholar Program 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth 
course each semester at no additional cost. In 
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the 
usual limitations on independent studies by the 
Individual Studies Committee. 

Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by current scholars. The 
guidelines goveming selection of new scholars 
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual 
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into 
account. Students who desire to participate in 
the Scholar Program but are not invited may 
petition the Scholar Council for consideration. 
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar 
Council with letters of recommendation from 
Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to 
the director of the Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must main- 
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu- 
dents who drop below this average will be placed 
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one 
semester, they will be asked to leave the program 
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher. 
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must 
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars 
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior 
Scholar Seminar in which they present the 
results of their independent studies. In 
addition, the following distribution require- 
ments must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. Programs 

A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL 
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits. 
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the 
freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from the 
following: Art: ART 1 11, 1 15, 220 or higher; 
Music: MUS 117, 135 or higher; Theatre: 
THEA 1 12 or higher, excluding THEA 148; 
Creative Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 411, 
412, 441 or 442; Literature: Any English 
Literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures (French, German, or 
Spanish). 

C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher. 
Placement at the appropriate course level will 
be determined by the faculty of the Department 
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars 
who have completed two or more years of a 
given language in high school are not admit- 
ted for credit to the elementary course in the 
same foreign language except by written 
permission of the chairman of the department. 

D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass 
four courses from three of the following 
disciplines: History: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Literature: any English 
literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures (French, 



German, or Spanish); Philosophy: any course 
numbered 200 or higher; Religion: any course 
numbered 222 or higher. 

E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least a 
grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 103, 106, 
109, 1 12, or CPTR 108; or successfully 
complete one of MATH 116, 128, 129, 130, or 
214. 

F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required 
to pass two courses from the following: 
Astronomy /Physics: any course numbered 

1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course numbered 
1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any course num- 
bered 1 10 or higher. 

G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to 
pass two courses from the following: Econom- 
ics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher; 
Political Science: any course numbered 106 or 
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other 
PSY course numbered 224 or higher. Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 10, 220, 
224, 226, 227, 229, 300 or higher. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required 
to pass one designated course which introduces 
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinct 
from the dominant western culture. Approaches 
to study may be artistic, historical, sociological, 
anthropological, international, psychological, 
or issues oriented. The course selected to 
fulfill this requirement may also be used to 
satisfy one of the other general education 
requirements in the liberal arts. 

L Writing Across the Curriculum. This 
requirement is the same as that stipulated by 
the College for all students. 

J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu- 
nity Service. This requirement is the same as 
that stipulated by the College for all students. 

K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every 
semester under the direction of the Lycoming 
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of 
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on 
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are 
required to successfully complete five seminars 
and they are permitted to register for as many 
as eight. Topics for each academic year will be 
selected by the Scholar Council and announced 
before spring registration of the previous year. 
Students must be accepted into the Scholar 
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar. 
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a 
least one seminar during the freshman year. 

L. Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance 
by the Independent Studies Committee and the 
Scholar Council. This project must be 
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

M. Major — Scholars must complete a 
major and 32 units, exclusive of the Senior 
Scholar Seminar. 

Note to Transfer Students — In the case of 
transfer students and those who seek to enter 
the program after their freshman year and in 
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
involve special or extraordinary circum- 
stances, the Council shall make adjustments to 
the scholar distribution requirements provided 
that in all cases such exceptions and adjust- 
ments would still satisfy the regular College 
distribution requirements. 

Management Scholars 
Program of the Institute for 
Management Studies 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student must 
satisfy the following criteria: 



a) Have a declared major or minor in one or 
more of the IMS departments. However, 
the IMS Director may invite or permit 
other students to join the Management 
Scholars Program who do not meet this 
criteria, such as freshmen who have not 
yet declared a major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.00 or higher, or 
exhibit strong academic potential if the 
student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor in 
one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.00 or higher in 
both overall college work, and within an 
IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar is 
taught per academic year on an interdisciplinary 
topic of relevance to students in all three IMS 
departments. The seminars are offered as one 
semester-hour courses and do not result in 
overload charges for full-time students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming College 
Scholars may also become Management 
Scholars and participate in both programs. 

Nursing Scholars Program 

The Department of Nursing offers a program 
for those students who excel academically. To 
graduate as a Nursing Scholar, a student must: 

a. Demonstrate continued participation in 
activities sponsored by the Center for 
Nursing Excellence (CNE). 

b. Achieve a GPA of 3.25 or higher in both 
overall college work and within the nursing 
major. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



c. Successfully complete an approved intern- 
ship, practicum, or independent or honors 
study. 

d. Demonstrate those qualities most becoming 
a professional nurse, including a commit- 
ment to the profession and community 
service. 

Students who are Lycoming College Scholars 
may become Nursing Scholars and participate 
in both programs. 

Departmental Honors 

Honors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of 
the project and are capable of considerable 
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00. 
The prerequisites for registration in an honors 
program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following conditions 
in accordance with guidelines established by 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 



• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and the 
nature of the achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted. 

• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The Honors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement is 
clearly superior to that which would ordi- 
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in a 
regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the 
College library. In the event that the study is 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING PROGRAM 
Academic Advising 

One advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student and 
the College faculty who care about that 
student's personal, academic, and professional 
aspirations. The student can draw upon their 
years of experience to resolve questions about 
social adjustment, workload, study skills, 
tutoring and more. Perhaps the member of the 
faculty with the most impact on a student is 
the academic advisor. 



1 W8-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate informa- 
tion about requirements, programs and career 
options. Advisors help students to identify 
other campus resources. Health Services can 
supply counseling support for students with 
personal adjustment issues. 

During the sophomore year, the student 
must choose a major and select an advisor 
from the major department. The new advisor, 
while serving as a resource, can best advise 
that student about course selection and career 
opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to 
contribute to students' development in yet 
another way. They insist that students assume 
full responsibility for their decisions and 
academic progress. By doing so, they help to 
prepare them for the harder choices and 
responsibilities of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

Pre-Professional Advising 

(also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in 
the Concentration section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Students interested in obtaining teacher cert- 
ification should consult with a member of the 
Education Department as early as possible. 
See the Education Department listing on 
page 90. 

Preparation for Health Professions — 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions know to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester. This committee 



advises students concerning preparation for 
and application to health-professions schools. 
All pre-health professions students are invited 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. See also descriptions of the 
nursing program and of the cooperative 
programs in podiatric medicine, optometry, 
and medical technology. 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Students interested in pre-law should register 
with the Legal Professions Advisory Commit- 
tee (LPAC) during their first semester and 
should join the Pre-Law Society on campus. 
LPAC assists the pre-law student through 
advising, compilation of recommendations, 
and dissemination of information and materi- 
als about law and the legal profession. The 
Pre-Law Society sponsors films, speakers, and 
field trips including visits to law school 
campuses. 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students who plan to investigate the religious 
vocations should register with the Theological 
Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 
education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations. Also, it may help coordi- 
nate internships for students who desire 
practical experience in the parish ministry or 
related areas. 

ACADEMIC 
SUPPORT SERVICES 
Academic Resource Center 
(ARC) 

Daniel Hartsock, Director 

The Academic Resource Center, located on 
the second floor of the Fine Arts Building, 
provides a variety of free services to the 
campus community. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Writing Center — Working one-on- 
one. Writing Tutors use questioning 
techniques to help others improve 
individual papers while developing 
confidence and independence as writers. 
Other services include the Paper File, a 
file of graded essays maintained by 
course; the Writing Room, a quiet place 
for writers to work; self-paced, computer 
assisted typing instruction; and the 
Documentation Style Manual for use 
when citing sources on research projects. 
Tutoring Center — The ARC provides 
one-on-one peer tutoring in math, foreign 
languages, and sciences on a walk-in 
basis and peer tutoring by arrangement in 
other subjects. Tutors assist students 
with homework assignments and exam 
review. 

Survival Skills Program — The ARC 
and volunteer faculty conduct a group of 
study skills workshops on time manage- 
ment, note-taking from lectures, reading 
textbooks, successful study techniques 
and WordPerfect. 

100 

SUCCESS SKILLS WORKSHOP 
A seven-week course, the workshop intro- 
duces students to a variety of topics important 
to student success. Among these are time 
management, learning styles, motivation, 
highlighting text, note-taking, and word- 
processing. Topics will be selected to meet 
students' needs. ARC 100 is highly recom- 
mended for students who, in consultation with 
their academic advisors, choose to improve 
their academic skills. This noncredit course 
will be graded on a pass/fail basis. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen 

Lycoming College believes a student's 
freshman year needs structure and support. 
This office serves as a focal point for the 
freshman and his or her family. 



Freshman Orientation — The purpose 
of this required program is to acquaint 
new students and their families more 
fully with the College so that they can 
begin their Lycoming experience under 
the most favorable circumstances. 
Students sit for placement tests, confer 
with their academic advisors, preregister 
for fall classes, and become acquainted 
with their classmates. 

Crossing Thresliolds — Begins the day 
freshmen arrive with New Student Con- 
vocation. The weekend activities include 
community service, readings, informal 
writing, career, library and financial aid 
workshops along with social events. 

Information and Support — Students 
and their families find the Office of the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an acces- 
sible resource to resolving problems, 
developing solutions, coordinating 
services and enabling student success. 
Student and Family newsletters are 
provided during the year. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Sophomores 

The College continues to provide academic 
counseling and support as students move into 
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for 
Sophomores meets individually with second 
year students and, in cooperation with the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small 
group retreats and other meetings. These 
efforts are designed to alert students to their 
circumstances, to help them explore options, 
to motivate them to achieve their academic 
aspirations, and to provide them with useful 
strategies and resources for success. 

In addition, the Sophomore Dean assists 
Sophomore Class Officers in planning events, 
consults with students on a variety of personal 
and social concerns, surveys the Class to learn 
their opinions about the Freshman Year at 



1 W8-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Lycoming, and engages in a variety of other 
activities involving the welfare of our sopho- 
more students. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

May Term — This four-week voluntary 
session is designed to provide students with 
courses listed in the catalog and experimental 
and special courses that are not normally 
available during the fall and spring semesters 
and summer sessions. Some courses are 
offered on campus, others involve travel. In 
addition to the courses themselves, attractions 
include less formal classes and reduced tuition 
rates. On campus courses have included 
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field 
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's 
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The 
American Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized 
Crime in America, and Internet Marketing and 
Advertising. Travel courses have included 
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and 
Photography in Greece and Italy, Cross- 
Cultural Psychology in Greece and Italy, 
Intensive Language/Cultural Study and 
Community Service in Mexico, Tropical Marine 
Biology in Jamaica, and Nursing in England. 
A Business internship opportunity to study 
and work in England for six weeks is offered 
on a biannual basis. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two suc- 
cessive five-week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete intern- 
ships, independent studies and semester courses. 

Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced) 
and in any department, whether or not the 
student is a major in that department. An 



independent studies project may either 
duplicate a catalogue course or be completely 
different from any catalog course. In order for 
a student to be registered in any independent 
study course, the following conditions must be 
satisfied: 

1) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 

2) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the catalog 
course as an independent studies course. 

3) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
projects which do not duplicate catalog 
courses is subject to the following: 

• Students undertaking independent studies 
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50. 

• Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

• Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 

• The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming College 
Scholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
exceptions to these two rules must be ap- 
proved by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Internship Program — An internship is a 
course jointly sponsored by the College and a 
public or private agency or subdivision of the 
College in which a student is able to earn 
college credit by participating in some active 
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 
At least one-half of the effort expended by the 
intern should consist of academic work related 
to agency situations. The objectives of the 
internship program are: 

1 ) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experiences 
outside the classroom or other campus 
situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good acad- 
emic standing may petition the Committee on 
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an 
intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be earned 
through internships, practica, and/or student 
teaching. Guidelines for program develop- 
ment, assignment of tasks and academic 
requirements, such as exams, papers, reports, 
grades, etc., are established in consultation with 
a faculty director at Lycoming and an agency 
supervisor at the place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have partici- 
pated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Practica — Practica are offered in Account- 
ing, Biology, Business, Communication. 
Economics, Education, IMS, Psychology, 



and Sociology. These courses require 10 to 
12 hours of work per week in a business, 
agency, or organization in addition to class- 
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through practica, internships, and/or 
student teaching. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary 
education or one or more of the following 
secondary areas: art, biology, chemistry, 
English, French, general science (with biology 
or astronomy/physics tracks), German, math- 
ematics, music, physics, social studies, and 
Spanish. 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department for 
admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
position. (See Education Department on page 
90 for course listing.) 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is available to 
Lycoming students. The program is open to 
juniors majoring in any discipline or program. 
The Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored 
and administered by the Great Lakes Colleges 
Association. 

Washington Semester — With the consent of 
the Department of Political Science and the 
Registrar, selected students are permitted to 
study in Washington, D.C., at The American 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



University for one semester. They may 
choose from seven different programs: 
Washington Semester, Urban Semester, 
Foreign Policy Semester, International 
Development Semester, Economic Policy 
Semester, Science and Technology Semester, 
or American Studies Semester. 

United Nations Semester — With the 
consent of either the Department of History or 
Political Science and the Registrar, selected 
students may enroll at Drew University in 
Madison, New Jersey, in the United Nations 
Semester, which is designed to provide a first- 
hand acquaintance with the world organiza- 
tion. Students with special interests in world 
history, international relations, law, and 
politics are eligible to participate. 

Capitol Semester Internship Program — 

This program is available to eligible students 
on a competitive basis. The program is co- 
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Education. 
Paid internships are available to students in 
most majors. Interested students should 
contact the Career Development Center for 
additional information. 

STUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students are encouraged to participate in a 
wide variety of study abroad and exchange 
programs. Students interested in studying 
abroad must have a 2.50 minimum grade point 
average and their programs of study must be 
approved by their major departments, the 
Study Abroad Coordinator, and the Registrar. 
Some options require use of a foreign lan- 
guage in instruction. For students who do not 
speak a foreign language, there are other sites 
in which the language of instruction is 
English. Foreign travel and study abroad 
courses are usually a semester or year-long, 
although some courses offered by Lycoming 
are available in May and Summer terms (see 



page 46). Two small scholarships awarded on 
a competitive basis are available, one each for 
the fall and spring semesters. See the Study 
Abroad Coordinator for details. 

England Exchange Programs — In special 
cooperative programs between Lycoming 
College and Westminster College, Oxford; 
Anglia Polytechnic University, Cambridge; 
and Regent's College, London; students can 
participate in a semester abroad and receive 
Lycoming College credit. Interested students 
should contact the Dean for specific eligibiUty. 

Programs Sponsored by Other 
Institutions — Lycoming students have 
recently attended the Semester at Sea spon- 
sored by the University of Pittsburgh, the 
University of Minnesota-Duluth program at 
Vaxjo University in Sweden, and The North- 
ern Illinois University at Charles University in 
the Czech Republic. The Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures invites you 
to contact them for details regarding approved 
semester and year-long programs for study in 
the following countries: Austria (the Institute 
of European Studies), France (Boston Univer- 
sity, the Institute of European Studies), 
Germany (the Goethe Institute, the Institute of 
European Studies), Mexico (Cemanahuac 
Educational Center, Alma College), and Spain 
(Alma College, the Center for Cross-Cultural 
Studies, Indiana University of PA). Informa- 
tion about these and other programs is 
available from the Study Abroad Coordinator. 

London Semesters — The London Semester 
programs of Drew University and The 
American University emphasize European 
history, politics, and culture. Interested students 
may participate with the consent of either the 
Departments of History or Political Science, 
and the Registrar. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CURRICULUM 




Curriculum 



Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative program 
with Moorhead State University enabling 
teacher education students to do all or part of 
their student teaching in a foreign country. 

This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare of 
students engaged in or en route to or from any 
off-campus studies or activities which are not 
under its exclusive jurisdiction. 



Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 
Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 
Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 
Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 
Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 
offered on a limited basis 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 
Practicums and other fractional credit courses 

Numbers 470-479 Internships 

Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-49 1 Independent Study for 
Departmental Honors 

*N = course level 1 , 2, 3 or 4 as determined by 
department 

Courses not in sequence are listed 
separately, as: 

Drawing ART 1 1 1 

Color Theory ART 212 

Courses which imply a sequence are indicated 
with a dash between, meaning that the first 
semester must be taken prior to the second, as: 

Intermediate French 

FRN 111-112 
All students have the right of access to all 
courses. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 

• 



ACCOUNTING (accd 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: Wienecke, Slocum 

The purpose of the accounting major is to 
help prepare the student for a career within the 
accounting profession. In order to satisfy the 
needs of an extremely diverse profession, the 
major in accounting consists of three separate 
tracks. Track I is designed for students with 
an interest in accounting for the informational 
needs of managers including business entities, 
non-profit entities and internal auditing. 
This track will provide excellent preparation 
for the Certified Management Accounting 
(CMA) exam. Track II is a 128-credit-hour 
program and is designed to meet the require- 
ments of the Pennsylvania State Board of 
Accountancy for those students whose goal is 
to become Certified Public Accountants in 
Pennsylvania. Track III is a 150-credit-hour 
program designed to meet the 1 50 hour 
requirement of the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accounts for those students 
whose goal is to become a member of the 
AICPA in Pennsylvania or any other state. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 440, 443; BUS 223, 
228, 244, 3 1 2, 320, 338, 44 1 ; ECON 1 1 or 
111; MATH 103 

Track requirements: 

I. Management Accounting — 128 hours: 
ACCT 224, 444, 449; BUS 339 

II. Financial Accounting — 128 hours: 
ACCT 345, 436, 441; one course from 
ACCT 224, 226, 442, 449, or BUS 345 

III. Financial Accounting — 150 hours: 
ACCT 224, 345, 436, 441, 442, 447, 
449; BUS 235, 236; ECON both 1 10 and 
111; one course from SOC or PS Y 




The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ACCT 223, 224, 
442. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in the Department of Accounting 
consists of ACCT 1 10 and four other account- 
ing courses as determined by the student's 
interests. 

100 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 

This course prepares students to make better 
informed financial decisions in a complicated 
world. A practical, relatively non-technical 
course designed to help the student identify 
and plan to meet their financial goals. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 

• 



110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 
An introductory course in recording, classify- 
ing, summarizing, and interpreting tlie basic 
business transaction. Problems of classifica- 
tion and interpretation of accounts and 
preparation of financial statements are studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed 
on managerial problem-solving techniques 
and the analysis of the results. Accounting 
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume 
profit relationships, managerial control 
processes and the use of computers as aids to 
decision-making are studied. Students will 
gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 110. 

223 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

Methods of accounting for material, labor 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 110. 

COST AND BUDGETARY 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

Application of cost accounting and bud- 
getary theory to decision making in the area of 
make or buy, expansion of production and 
sales, break even analysis, decision modeling, 
internal control and information systems. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 and MATH 103. 



226 

GOVERNMENT AND 
FUND ACCOUNTING 

This course is designed to introduce 
accounting for not-for-profit organizations. 
Municipal accounting and reporting are 
studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 110. 

344 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

An in-depth examination of the environ- 
ment within which financial accounting theory 
exists. An examination of the basic postulates 
that underlie financial statements and a 
critique of what financial reporting means. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of 
instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq- 
uisite: ACCT 344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY III 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting liabilities, 
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash 
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 345 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment of 
auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 



the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampUng, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 
opinions on the fairness of financial statements 
are studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 344, MATH 
103, and BUS 320. 

441 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical 
problems involving determination of income 
and deductions, capital gains and losses, 
computation and payment of taxes through 
withholding at the source and through declara- 
tion are considered. Planning transactions so 
that a minimum amount of tax will result is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
extensive series of problems is considered, 
and effective tax planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 441. 

443 

ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
theory, including business combinations and 
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit. 

444 

CONTROLLERSHIP 

Control process in the organization. 
General systems theory, financial control 
systems, centralization-decentralization, 
performance measurement and evaluation, 
forecasts and budgets, and marketing, produc- 



tion and finance models for control purposes. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 224 or consent of 
instructor. 

447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 

An intensive study of partnerships, installment 
and consignment sales, branch accounting, 
foreign currency transactions, segment and 
interim reporting. Prerequisite: ACCT 443. 
One-half unit of credit. 

449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Manage- 
rial and Public Accounting positions in order 
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 
Specifics of the course work to be worked out 
in conjunction with department, student and 
sponsor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to generate 
financial statements, educational core for 
public accountants, inventory control, and 
church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

The accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer, 
within a liberal arts framework, courses which 
will aid in constructing mathematical models 
for business decision-making. Students 
obtain the necessary substantial background in 
both mathematical sciences and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: ACCT 
1 10, 223, 224, 344. 345, 441, 442. In math- 
ematical sciences, required courses are: CPTR 
125,321 and MATH 112, 128, 129, 338 and 
either 103 or 332. Recommended courses 
include: MATH 130, 238, 333; BUS 223, 
235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 246; ECON 
110, 111;PSY224, 225;andSOC 110. 



ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator) 

The Actuarial Mathematics major is 
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame- 
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial 
career. Students obtain the necessary math- 
ematical background for the first actuarial 
exam and two or three exams beyond the 
first one. Students also obtain some back- 
ground in accounting, economics, and business 
which is needed for an actuarial career. At the 
time of completion of all major requirements, 
or shortly thereafter, a student should be 
prepared to sit for up to four of the examina- 
tions of the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Mathematics major consists 
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non- 
credit coUoquia. In Mathematical Sciences, 
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128, 

129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338. 
Also required are ACCT 1 10; ECON 1 10; one 
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT 

130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or 441; 
two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken 
during the junior and/or senior years; success- 
ful completion of the Course 100 Examination 
of the Society of Actuaries by the end of the 
junior year. 

Recommended courses include: ACCT 
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 108; 
ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 231, 
432, 434. It is also strongly recommended that 
the student complete as many of the actuarial 
examinations as possible prior to graduation. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



AMERICAN STUDIES 




AMERICAN 
STUDIES (AMST) 

Professor: Piper (Coordinator) 

The American Studies major offers a compre- 
hensive program in American civilization which 
introduces students to the complexities under- 
lying the development of America and its cont- 
emporary life. Thirteen courses are included. 

Four Course Requirements 

The primary integrating units of the major, 
these courses — some team-taught — will 
encourage students to consider ideas from 
different points of view and help them to 
correlate information and methods from 
various disciplines: 

1. AMST 200 — America as a Civilization 

(First semester of major study) 

2. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the 

Arts and Literature 

3. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and 
Methodology (junior or senior year) 

4. Internship or Independent Study (junior 
or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Six courses in one option and three in the 
other are needed. Six primary concentration- 
option courses in American Arts or American 
Society build around the insights gained in the 
core courses. They focus particular attention 
on areas most germane to academic and 
vocational interests. The three additional 
courses from the other option give further 



breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 

American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
ENGL 222 — American Literature I 
ENGL 223 — American Literature II 
MUS 128 — American Music 
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music 
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

HIST 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History to 1877 
HIST 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History since 1877 
PSCI331 — Civil Rights and Liberties 
PSCI 335 — Law and Society 
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities 
Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 90. 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri- 
can civilization with special attention to the 
interrelationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors should 
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 

THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP 
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 




ART (ART) 



Professors: Bogle, Shipley (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Golahny 
Assistant Professor: Estomin 

The Art Department offers two majors in 
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
STUDIO ART 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
with a major in studio art, students must 
complete the seven-course foundation 
program and the requirements for an area of 
specialization, successfully complete each 
semester's colloquium (while a declared 
major), and successfully complete the senior 
exhibition. Exception to participation in the 
colloquium may be made by the art faculty. 

Placement into ART 227, Introduction to 
Photography, will be based on the experience 
of the student and determined by the faculty of 
the Art Department. Students who place out 
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography 
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in 



photography. In addition, students placed into 
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV, 
Commercial Design, will be required to take 
ART 342, Photography III, or an approved 
independent study, and students specializing 
in Track VI, Photography/Electronic Media, 
will be required to take ART 344, Computer 
Graphics for Electronic Media, or an approved 
independent study. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling 

ART 2 12 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval 

and Non-Western Art 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

III. Sculpture 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335 — Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221 — Drawing II 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 343 — Computer Graphics for 

Print Media 
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 

Commercial Design 
ART 470 — Internship 

A student is encouraged to take the follow- 
ing courses: BUS 332, Advertising; COMM 
323, Feature Writing for Special Audiences; 
COMM 1 10, Principles of Communication; 
and PSY 224, Social Psychology. 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are seeking 
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this 
area of specialization is recommended for those 
students also majoring or minoring in Psychol- 
ogy with a possible future career in art therapy. 
ART 119 — Ceramics I 
ART 220 — Painting I 
ART 225 — Sculpture I 
ART 228 — Printmaking I 
and two art history courses numbered 300 or 
higher. 

Students planning to complete the K- 12 art 
certification program must also fulfill the 
following requirements: 
ART 3 1 — History and Practice of Art 

Education 
EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of 

Education 
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology 
EDUC 446, 447 and 449 — Professional 

Semester 

VI. Pliotography/Electronic Art 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 342 — Photography III 

ART 343 — Computer Graphics for Print 

Media 
ART 446 — Studio Research 
and two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Students are also encouraged to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media, 
and to complete an Internship. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331, 
333, 334, 336, and 339. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student must take 
courses in art history, studio art, and history 
and/or religion. A student majoring in art 
history is advised to take a foreign language. 
Art History majors (once declared) are 
required to participate in each semester's art 
colloquium. 

Required of all students: 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 

ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the 
Renaissance through the 
Modem Age 

ART 447 — Art History Research 

ART 148. 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Choose four of the following: 

ART 310 — History /Practice Art Education 
ART 331 — 20th Century European Art 
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
ART 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque 
ART 339 — Women in Art 

Choose two of the following: 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling I 

ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



Choose two of the following: 

HIST 210 — Ancient History 
HIST 212 — Medieval Europe and 

its Neighbors 
HIST 316 — Conflict in Western Civilization 
HIST 320 — Diplomatic History of Europe 

since 1789 
HIST 322 — The Crisis of Liberalism and 

Nationalism: Europe 1848-1870 
HIST 416 — History of Reformation Thought 
HIST 418 — History of Renaissance Thought 
REL 113 — Old Testament Faith and History 
REL 114 — New Testament Faith and History 
REL 226 — Biblical Archaeology 

It is further suggested that the student 
choose electives in other departments that may 
complement the study of art history. Among 
these recommended electives are: 
FRN 412 — French Literature of the 

19th Century 
ENGL 336 — Shakespeare 
MUS 117 — Survey of Western Music 
MUS 335 — History of Western Music I 
MUS 336 — History of Western Music II 
THEA 332 — History of Theatre I 
THEA 333 — History of Theatre II 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: 
ART 222, 339. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: ART 222, 223, 331, 
333, 334, 336 and 339. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Depart- 
ment. Requirements for each follow: Commer- 
cial Design: ART 111,115,212, 223, 227 and 
343; Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and 
221 or 223; Photography: ART 1 1 1, 212, 223, 
227, 337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16, 225, 



226, 335, and 111, 1 19 or 445; Art History: 
ART 222, 223 and two advanced art history 
courses. Art majors who minor in art history 
must take two additional upper level courses 
beyond the two required for the minor intended 
for students who major in other disciplines (i.e., 
ART 222, 223 and four upper level courses). 

Ill 

DRAWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar 
with different drawing techniques and media. 
Some drawings from nature. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 

116 

FIGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be approached 
through learning the basic structures and pro- 
portions of the figure. The course is conceived 
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least 
one figure will be cast by each student. 

119 

CERAMICS I 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
encourage expression rather than to dispense 
merely a technical body of information. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald. 

220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 
design within the painting is taught. Some 
painting from the figure. No limitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: ART 115 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: ART 111. 

Ill 

SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL, AND NON-WESTERN ART 

A survey of the major developments in the 
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non- 
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation 
of form and content, the function and meaning 
of the visual arts within their respective 
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: 14th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material form to ideas. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



226 

FIGURE MODELING 11 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. There 
will be a requirement to cast one of the works 
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consent 
of instructor. 

in 

INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKING I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography 
printing. One edition of at least six prints 
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite: 
ART 1 1 1 or 115; or consent of instructor. 

229 

CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: 
ART 119. 

310 

HISTORY AND PRACTICE 
OF ART EDUCATION 
This course concerns the teaching of art, from 
the distant past to the present. Topics include 
Discipline-Based Art Education: its philoso- 
phy, history, and context; lesson planning; and 
teaching methods. Course work includes 
observation of art classes in elementary and 
secondary schools in the greater Williamsport 
area. Required of art majors in the K-12 
certification program. 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 

• 



330 

PAINTING II 

Continuation of Painting I (ART 220). 
Emphasis is placed on individual style and 
technique. Artists and movements in art are 
studied. No limitations as to painting media, 
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220. 

331 

20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
AND AMERICAN ART 

Developments in European and American 
Art from about 1 880 to the present, including 
Cubism, Dada, Surrealism. Abstraction, 
Abstract Expressionism, Photorealism, and 
Post-Modemism. 

333 

19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
AND AMERICAN ART 

The art of Western Europe and the United 
States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 
painting in France. Those artists to be studied 
include David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the 
Impressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and Eakins. 

334 

ART OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael. 
Titian, Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors 
Ghiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the 
architects Brunelleschi and Alberti. 

335 

SCULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225). 
Emphasis is on advanced technical process. 
Casting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
will be done in the school foundry. Prerequi- 
site: ART 225. 

336 

ART OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture 
in Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on 
Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and Rembrandt, with 



special attention given to the expressive, nar- 
rative, and painterly styles present in their art. 

337 
PHOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Introduc- 
tion to Photography (ART 227) by continued 
growth in technical expertise including 
instruction in photo art processes such as 
collage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/ 
or toning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual 
and aesthetic aspects of photography. Prereq- 
uisite: ART 227. 

338 
PRINTMAKING II 

Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228). 
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity 
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety 
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

342 

PHOTOGRAPHY III 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of color 
photography using color negatives and/or 
slides, advanced imaging techniques utilizing 
the computer to enhance and manipulate 
students' original photographs, and introduc- 
tion to large format view cameras. Integration 
of tools to students' own artistic process 
emphasized. A portfolio including examples 
of color, image processing and large format 
work will be produced. Prerequisites: ART 
227, 337, and 343. 

343 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR PRINT MEDIA 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study 
of image manipulation, illustration and layout 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 

• 



programs. Content of course includes funda- 
mentals of vector and raster imaging, typogra- 
phy, design, layout, color separation, and 
manipulating computer images obtained from 
scanners, video sources, and the students' own 
original production using computer paint 
software. Prerequisite: ART 22 7 and either 
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor. 

344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

440 

PAINTING III 

Advanced study of painting techniques and 
materials. A personal painting direction is 
expected. There is some experimentation with 
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART 
330. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of the human figure, 
individual style, and professional control of 
drawing techniques and media are empha- 
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commercial 
design utilizing computer graphics, page 
layout programs and paint, draw and image 
manipulation software that simulate traditional 
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers, 
colored pencils and ink pens. The following 
skills are involved: illustration, photography, 
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays, 
scanning color separation, matching and 



proofing and preparation of files for a service 
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of development. 
Prerequisite: ART 1 16, 225, and 335. 

446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research in an elective studio 
area, conducted under the supervision of the 
appropriate faculty member, includes creation 
of work which may be incorporated in the 
senior group exhibition. Student works in 
private studio assigned by the department. 

447 

ART HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under the 
supervision of the appropriate faculty mem- 
ber, includes the research and writing of a 
thesis, to be presented to a committee of Art 
Department faculty. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 

148, 248, 348 and 448 
ART COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
students and invited professionals discuss and 
critique specific art projects. Required of all 
students majoring in art. Taken each semes- 
ter. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail. 
Non-credit seminar. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent studies in anatomy. Aspects of the 
art nouveau, lithography, photography, 
pottery, problems in illustration, and water- 
color. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 




ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professors: Erickson, Fisher, 
Wolfe (Chairperson) 

The department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium 
education; it also may serve as a basis for 
earning state certification as a secondary 
school teacher of general science. The major 
in physics can prepare students for graduate 
work in physics, astronomy, and related 
physical sciences, for the cooperative 
program in engineering, for state certification 
as secondary school teachers of physics, or for 
technical positions in industry. 



ASTRONOMY (ASTR) 

The major in astronomy requires courses in 
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathemat- 
ics. The astronomy courses include ASTR 
1 1 1 and five additional courses numbered 
ASTR 1 12 or higher; at least four of these five 
additional courses must be numbered ASTR 
230 or higher. Other required courses are 
PHYS 225-226, CHEM 110-111 or 330-331, 
and MATH 128-129. Astronomy majors are 
also required to register for four semesters of 
ASTR 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia). 
The following courses are recommended: 
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 90. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: ASTR 230. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade 
of C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 
225 plus any three additional courses selected 
from PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 
200 or higher. 

104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 
A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportu- 
nity to make a variety of astronomical 
observations, both visually and photographic- 
ally, with and without telescopes. The 
planetarium is used to familiarize the student 
with the sky at various times during the year 
and from different locations on earth. May or 
summer term only. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 
111 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems ASTR 

101 and 111 share the same three hours of 
lecture and two hours of laboratory each 
week. ASTR 111 has one additional hour each 
week for more advanced mathematical 
treatment of the material. Credit may not be 
earned for both 101 and 111. Corequisite for 
111: MATH 127 or consent of instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 
112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and 
internal structure of the planet Earth. Shows 
how past events and lifeforms can be recon- 
structed from preserved evidence to reveal the 
geologic history of our planet from its origin 
to the present. Describes the ways geology 
influences our environment. ASTR 102 and 
112 share the same three hours of lecture and 
two hours of laboratory each week. 112 has 
one additional hour each week for more 
advanced mathematical treatment of the 
material. Credit may not be earned for both 

102 and 112. Corequisite for 112: MATH 127 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

114 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I 

Traces the beginnings of rocketry and 
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957) 
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon 
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA 
video and other audio-visual aids. Examina- 
tion of scientific, engineering and political 
motivations. When taken in May term, must 



be scheduled with ASTR 115. Not for distribu- 
tion. Alternate years. One-half unit of credit. 

115 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II 

Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab 
missions (1973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test 
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to 
current U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Exten- 
sive use of NASA video. Examination of 
scientific, engineering, and political motiva- 
tions. When taken in May Term, must be 
scheduled with ASTR 1 14. Not for distribution. 
Alternate years. One-half unit of credit. 

230 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects of 
planetarium programming, operation 
and maintenance. Students are required to 
prepare and present a planetarium show. Upon 
successfully completing the course, students 
are eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and 
three hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR 
101 or 11 1. Alternate years. 

243 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various 
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun, 
including the major planets, their satellites, the 
minor planets, and comets. Topics include 
meteorological processes in atmospheres, 
geological processes that shape surface features, 
internal structures, the role of spacecraft in the 
exploration of the solar system, and clues to 
the origin and dynamic evolution of the solar 
system. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: a grade ofC or better in ASTR 
HI or 112, or PHYS 225. Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



experimental tests of relativity, four-vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and 
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTR HI and PHYS 226. 
Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational 
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem. 
The relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of 
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and 
PHYS 225. Alternate years. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, 
and related scientific areas talk about their 
own research or professional activities. In 
addition, majors in astronomy and physics 
must present two lectures, one given during 
the junior year and one given during the senior 
year, on the results of a literature survey or 
their individual research. Students majoring 
in this department are required to attend four 
semesters during the junior and senior years. 



A letter grade will be given when the student 
gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will be P/ 
F. Students in the Cooperative Program in 
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to 
attend two semesters and present one lecture 
during their junior year. Non-credit course. 
One hour per week. Cross-listed as PHYS 349 
&449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS (PHYS) 

The major in physics requires courses in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The 
required physics courses must include PHYS 
225, 226, 331, 332 and four additional courses 
numbered PHYS 333 or higher. Up to two 
courses chosen from ASTR 111,112, 243, 445 
and 446 may substitute for two of the four 
physics electives. Other required courses are 
CHEM 1 10-1 1 1 or 330-331, and MATH 128- 
129. Physics majors are also required to 
register for four semesters of PHYS 349 and 
449 (non-credit colloquia). The following 
courses are recommended: MATH 231, 238; 
CPTR 1 25 (all three required for the coopera- 
tive engineering program and by many graduate 
schools), and PHIL 223, 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 90. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: PHYS 338, 447. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or better: 
PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional 
course selected from PHYS courses numbered 
300 or higher. 

106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist' s definition of work, energy, and 
power. The various energy sources available 
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The 
advantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
conversion method, including availability, 
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
areas of energy research and possible future 
developments. Projections of possible future 
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
May or summer term only. 

108 

GREAT IDEAS OF THE 
PHYSICAL UNIVERSE 

An introduction to several major concepts 
of physics which have developed over the past 
several centuries, relating them to their broad 
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive 
rather than a mathematical discussion of 
topics which range from early Greek concepts 
of science to present day methods and 
techniques used to describe the physical 
universe. Many distinctions and similarities 
between science and other areas of human 
endeavor will be studied to demonstrate the 
beauty, simplicity, harmony, and grandeur of 
some of the basic laws which govern the 
universe. Three hours of lecture and two 
hours of laboratory per week. Alternate years. 

225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, astro- 
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics 
include mechanics, thermodynamics, electric- 



ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem 
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. Core- 
quisite: MATH 128 or 129. With consent of 
department, MATH 109 may substitute for 
MATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
of single particles and systems of particles, 
gravitation and other central forces, moving 
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto- 
nian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of 
lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or 
better in PHYS 225. 

332 
ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten- 
tials, electric and magnetic properties of matter. 
Maxwell's equations, the electromagnetic 
field, and the propagation of electromagnetic 
radiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours 
of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH 
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

333 

OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power series and Laplace 
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 
problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat 
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq- 
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be presented, 
showing that the macroscopic properties of a 
system can be specified without a knowledge of 
the microscopic properties of the constituents of 
the system. Then statistical mechanics will be 
developed, showing that these same macro- 
scopic properties are determined by the micro- 
scopic properties. Four hours of lecture and 
recitation per week. Prerequisites: PHYS226 
and MATH 129. Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic and 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include: 
introduction to special relativity, blackbody 
radiation, the postulation of the photon and 
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of 
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom, 
concepts of symmetry, and development and 
applications of the Schrodinger equation. 
Four hours of lecture and one-three hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 
129 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

339 

SOLID STATE PHYSICS 

Topics include crystalline structures, 
periodic potentials, band structure, free 
electron model, semiconductor physics, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties of 
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity. 
Four hours of lecture and three hours of 



laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 
332 and MATH 129; or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory of 
relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hours of lecture perweek. 
Prerequisites: ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Basic concepts and formulation of quantum 
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic 
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central force 
problems will be discussed. Both time-indepen- 
dent and time-dependent perturbation theory 
will be covered. Four hours of lecture and 
recitation. Prerequisite: Either PHYS 226 or 
CHEM331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed as 
CHEM439. 

447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 

The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
fundamental interactions, how these forces act 
at the smallest measurable distances, and what 
is expected to occur at even smaller distances. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 226, MATH 129, and either PHYS 338 
or CHEM 1 10. Alternate years. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS • BIOLOGY 



349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 
COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for juniors 
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics 
offers students a chance to meet and hear active 
scientists in astronomy, physics and related 
scientific areas talk about their own research or 
professional activities. In addition, majors in 
astronomy and physics must present two lectures, 
one given during the junior year and one given 
during the senior year, on the results of a literature 
survey or their individual research. Students 
majoring in this department are required to attend 
four semesters during the junior and senior 
years. A letter grade will be given when the 
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade will 
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in 
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to 
attend two semesters and present one lecture 
during their junior year. Non-credit course. One 
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




BIOLOGY (BIO) 

Professors: Angstadt, Diehl 

Associate Professors: Gabriel, Zaccaria, 

Zimmerman (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: Briggs, Newman 

The Department of Biology offers both 
B.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors 
available in Biology and Environmental 
Science. Consent of instructor may replace 
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all 
upper level biology courses. 

The B.A. Degree 

To earn the B.A. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major which consists 
of BIO 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 222, 224, 225, 32 1 , 323 and 
one course in Biology numbered 328 or higher 
(excluding BIO 400 or 470); one course from 
CHEM 1 15, 220, or 221 plus two additional 
units of Chemistry; two units of mathematical 
sciences chosen from CPTR 108, 125 and/or 
MATH 103, 109, 127, 128 or above. In 
addition, juniors and seniors are required to 
successfully complete BIO 349/449 (non- 
credit colloquium) for a maximum of four 
semesters and complete the capstone experi- 
ences described below. Enrollment in student 
teaching and/or other similar off-campus 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 



academic experiences will be accepted by the 
department in lieu of that semester's collo- 
quium requirement. Only two courses 
numbered below 221 
may count toward the major. Declared 
Biology majors may substitute BIO 101-102 
for BIO 110-111 with written consent of the 
department chair. 

The B.S. Degree 

To earn the B.S. degree students must 
complete the 1 3 course major described for 
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement, 
and pass three courses chosen in any combina- 
tion from the following: BIO 328 or above 
(including BIO 400 and/or 470), CHEM 200 
or above, PHYS 200 or above, or MATH 
127 or above. Students electing to graduate 
with a B.S. must complete the capstone 
experiences listed below. 

Cooperative Programs 

Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and 
B.S. degrees will be made for students in 
accelerated programs. The requirements for 
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry 
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol- 
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the 
Academic Program section of the catalog. 
Students interested in these programs should 
contact the program director before finalizing 
their individual programs. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: BIO 222, 224. 
Students should check semester class sched- 
ules to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors 

In order to graduate, all biology majors 
must demonstrate to the Department their 
command of biology by meeting the following 
three criteria. 



1. Practical Experience: All students must 
complete at least one of the experiences 
in the following list: Internship, 
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi- 
ence, Independent Studies, Honors, 
Medical Technology Internship, Teach- 
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory 
Assistant. Biology-related volunteer 
work. (Summer experiences. Biology- 
related volunteer work, or working as a 
lab assistant must be approved by the 
Department in order to be used to meet 
this requirement.) 

2. Research & Presentation Component: 

All junior and senior majors are required 
to successfully complete Biology 
Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) during all 
their semesters on campus. During their 
final year, students will research a 
biological topic and make an oral 
presentation at the Biology Colloquium. 
This will provide the student with the 
basic level of information literacy in the 
biological science. 

3. Assessment: All majors are required to 
take at least one of the exams listed 
below or pass a Biology Department Exit 
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT, 
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the 
end of their first semester of their senior 
year, students must provide the Depart- 
ment official documentation of the scores 
they have earned on one of these exams. 
If one or more of these requirements 
have not been met by the end of their 
first semester of their senior year, the 
student must submit a plan signed by 
their advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

Certiflcation in Secondary Education 

A Biology major interested in becoming 
certified at the secondary level to teach 
Biology and/or General Science should, as 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 

• 



early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and should make their plans known 
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled before the Professional Semester. 

a) To obtain certification in Secondary 
Biology a student must successfully 
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200, 
PSY 138, the Pre-Student Teaching 
Participation, and the Professional 
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 and 449). 
Students may choose EDUC 232 and/or 
EDUC 239 as Education electives. 

b) Students interested in obtaining 
General Science/Biology certification 
must complete all the requirements for 
secondary Biology listed in (a) as well 
as PHYS 108 or 225 and any two 
courses from ASTR 1 11 , 112 or 243. 
ASTR 230 is strongly recommended as 
an additional course. 

Minors 

The Department of Biology offers two 
minors: Biology and Environmental Science. 

A minor in biology requires the completion 
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with 
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two 
introductory biology courses). At least two of 
these must be from the series of courses BIO 
222,224,225, 321, or 323. 

A minor in Environmental Science consists 
of two introductory biology courses (one of 
which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two 
additional courses numbered 200 or higher, 
one course in economics (recommended 
ECON 225), and ASTR 102. 

Biology majors who minor in Environmen- 
tal Science must complete all requirements of 
a biology major. In addition, they need to 
complete BIO 220, one advanced biology 
course (328 or higher), ECON 225, ASTR 
1 1 2, and one course selected from either 
ECON 240 or PSCI 237. 



101 

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY I 

An investigation of biological principles 
including cell biology, mitosis and meiosis, 
genetics, molecular biology, photosynthesis, 
evolution and natural selection, and diversity. 
The course is designed for students not 
planning to major in the biological sciences. 
Credit may not be earned for both BIO 101 
and 110. Three hours of lecture and one- 
three hour laboratory per week. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY II 

An investigation of biological principles 
including ecological systems, mechanisms and 
functions of the endocrine, digestive, cardio- 
vascular, respiratory, nervous, renal and 
reproductive systems. The course is designed 
for students not planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Credit may not be earned 
for both BIO 102 and 111. BIO 101 is not a 
prerequisite for BIO 102. Three hours of 
lecture and one-three hour lab per week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 101 and 110 or for both BIO 102 
and 111. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. 

213-214 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human body — 
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop- 
ment — with particular attention to structure 
and function at all levels of its biological 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



@ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 



organization (molecular through organismal). 
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
115 or 220, or consent of instructor. 

220 

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
logical principles and concepts with an exami- 
nation of the biological basis of contemporary 
environmental problems. The effects of human 
population on earth's resources are studied 
against a background of biological and health 
sciences. This course is designed primarily for 
students not planning to major in the biological 
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: BIO 
101 or 1 10. This course is not a substitute for 
BIO 1 1 Ifor majors. 

222 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. 

224 
ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology with 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribu- 
tion and succession of plant and animal 
populations and communities. Included will 
be field studies of local habitats as well as 
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. 

lis 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photosyn- 
thetic organisms; classification systems and 
plant identification, and human uses of plants. 
Three hours of lecture and one three hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha- 
nisms for treating and preventing infectious 
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to include 
diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic 
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech- 
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three 
hours of lecture andfour hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: One year of introductory 
level biology , one year of chemistty or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
received credit for BIO 321. 

321 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is given 
to the identification and physiology of microor- 
ganisms as well as to their role in disease, their 
economic importance, and industrial applica- 
tions. Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO 
110-111. Not open to students who have 
received credit for BIO 226. 

323 

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of systems, 
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive, 
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous, 
and reproductive systems. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory' per 
week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



328 

AQUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with freshwa- 
ter ecosystems. Studies will include a survey 
of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as well as 
the physical and chemical characteristics of 
water that influence their distribution. Several 
local field trips and an extended field trip to a 
field station will familiarize students with the 
diversity of habitats and techniques of limnolo- 
gists. Alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 

no-Ill. 

329 

TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students 
study the creatures of the fringing reefs, 
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and 
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine 
laboratory. Studies will include survey of 
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the 
physical and chemical characteristics that 
influence their distribution. Prerequisite: 
BIO 1 10-111. Alternate May terms. 

333 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce 
physiologically active substances that are 
important to humans and animals. Major 
themes include: Mechanisms and symptoms 
of poisoning, and plant chemicals with useful 
physiological effects. Laboratory topics 
include plant classification and techniques for 
compound identification. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate 
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol- 
ogy, morphology, and ecology. Two three- 
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 



338 

HUMAN ANATOMY 

An upper-division elective course which 
uses a combined organ-system and regional 
approach to the study of human anatomy. The 
course includes lecture, laboratory and 
individual and/or group mini-projects. 
Computer simulated dissection software 
packages are used extensively. Video presenta- 
tions of cadaver dissections and a video disk 
of cross-sectional anatomy are available for 
study. Prerequisites: BIO 110 and HI. 

341 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two three- 
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal behav- 
iors in their normal environment and social 
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. The 
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc- 
tion, diseases caused by viruses, modem 
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines 
produced by recombinant DNA and other 
technologies. Course content will also include 
a description of how viruses are used as tools 
for genetic engineering and for studying 
cellular processes like membrane signal 
transduction, regulation of genetic expression 
and oncogenesis (cancer). Four hours of 
lecture per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 



347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. 
Characterization of and relationships between 
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented. 
Serological assays will include: agglutination, 
precipitations, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours 
of lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one 
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

348 
ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the 
role of the endocrine hormones in the integra- 
tion of body functions. This is followed by a 
study of the control of hormone synthesis and 
release, and a consideration of the mecha- 
nisms by which hormones accomplish their 
effects on target organs. Two three-hour 
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

400 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors joindy sponsored by the 
Department and a public or private agency. 
The practicum is designed to integrate 
classroom theory with field or laboratory 
practice. In addition to attendance at a weekly 
seminar, students will spend 10-12 hours per 
week at the sponsoring agency. Academic 
work will include, but is not limited to: a log, 
readings, recitation and an assigned research 



paper related to the specific agency's activi- 
ties. May be repeated once for credit with 
permission of the instructor. 

430 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
OF VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
structure, and functions of the principal organs 
of the vertebrates. Special attention is given 
to the progressive modification of organs from 
lower to higher vertebrates. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

431 

HISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
microscopic anatomy of the organs and 
structures of the body which are formed from 
them. Focus is on normal human histology. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 11 0- 
111. Alternate years. 

435 

CELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic 
unit of life. Topics will include: origins of 
cellular life, biochemistry of the cell, 
enzymatic reactions, cellular membranes, 
intracellular communication, the cell cycle, 
the cytoskeleton and cell motility, protein 
sorting, distribution and secretion. Prerequi- 
sites: BIO 110-111 and one semester of 
organic chemistry. Alternate years. 

436 

EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification of 
life on earth. Topics discussed include molecu- 
lar evolution, population genetics, gene flow, 
natural selection, sexual selection, kin selection, 
neutral theory, extinction, co-evolution, and 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



the evolution of man. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

437 

MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 

An in-depth analysis of fundamental 
cellular information flow processes with 
particular emphasis on how these processes 
have been harnessed in the laboratory, 
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning 
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain 
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy, 
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and 
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of 
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab 
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one 
semester of organic chemistry. 

439 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 
malities, metabolic variation and disease, 
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will 
offer practical experiences in genetic diagnos- 
tic techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 101-102 or 
110-111. May term only. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY AND 
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites 
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve 
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be 
made on parasites of medical and veterinary 
importance. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 



444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various 
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three 
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory 
and one hour of arranged work per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 115 or 221, or consent 
of instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444. 
Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and non- 
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and organ- 
isms. Consideration will be given to repair 
mechanisms and how repair deficiencies 
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato- 
ry per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111, 
one year of chemistry. Alternate years. 

446 

PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

A study of plant physiology as a function 
of plant anatomy. Metabolic relationships and 
environmental factors will be examined from 
a background of the structure and develop- 
ment of cells, tissues, organs, and whole 
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 
110-111 and 225. Alternate years. 

349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biological 
sciences using techniques such as meeting and 
talking with active researchers, reading and 
critically analyzing the current literature, and 
discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY • BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




analyze specific papers, actively participate in 
discussions. Biology majors with junior and 
senior standing are required to successfully 
complete colloquim during all semesters on 
campus except for semesters when student 
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit 
course. One hour per week. Prerequisites: 
biology majors with junior or senior class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department 
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine 
or rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field 
work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate Professor: Weaver 

Assistant Professors: Henninger (Chairperson), 

Sterngold, Toncar 
Part-time Instructors: Alexander, A., Larrabee 

This major is designed to educate students 
about business and management functions in 
both commercial and non-commercial organi- 
zations. The program provides a well-balanced 
preparation for a wide variety of professions 
and careers, including banking, financial 
services, small business management, market- 
ing, sales, advertising, retailing, general 
management, supervision, investments, human 
resources management, and management 
information systems. The major is also 
appropriate for students who plan to attend 
graduate school in business or related fields, 
such as law or public administration. 

All students majoring in Business Adminis- 
tration must complete the ten core courses and 
at least one of the four tracks listed below. 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10; BUS 223, 228, 244, 312, 320, 
338, 441;ECON 1 10 or 11 1; MATH 103. 

Track requirements: 

1. General Management: 

ACCT 130; BUS 449; two courses from 
BUS 235, 332, 343, 345, 429 

2. Financial Management: 

ACCT 130; BUS 339; two courses from 
BUS 340, 345, 435, ECON 220 

3. Marketing Management: 

BUS 319, 324, 429; one course from BUS 
332, 343, 444 

4. International Business Management: 
BUS 24 1 , and either 3 1 9 or 435; ECON 
240, 343; PSCI 225; two higher-numbered 
language courses beyond those used to 
meet the foreign language distribution 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



requirement. Majors in the International 
Business Management track are encouraged to 
minor in a foreign language. Additionally, it 
is the expectation, though not a requirement, 
that they will complete a practicum or 
internship relating to international business, 
preferably in a foreign country. 

Minors 

The department offers three minors: 

( 1 ) general management, 

(2) financial management, and 

(3) marketing management. 

1. General Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
1 1 2. 228, 244, one course in the department 
numbered 300 or higher, and either BUS 
223 or a second course in the department 
numbered 300 or higher. If two courses are 
taken numbered 300 or higher, each must 
be chosen from a different major track. 

2. Financial Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
338, 339, 340, ECON 220 and either 
ECON441 or BUS 345. 

3. Marketing Management: 

Students are required to take BUS 228, 
319, 342 and any two of the following: 
BUS 332, 343, 429 or 444. 

Internships 

Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, the 
department offers a wide variety of internships 
with businesses, government agencies and 
nonprofit organization. In addition, the 
department is a member of the institute for 
Management Studies, which also offers 
internships, including several full-time paid 
internships during the summer. 



Recommended Courses 

All majors and minors are encouraged to 
complete a selection of the following courses: 

• ACCT 130 Accounting for Managerial 
Decision-Making (Track 3 majors) 

• BUS 235 Legal Principles I 

• ECON 1 10 Principles of Macroeconomics 
and 1 1 1 Principles of Microeconomics 

• COMM 21 1 Public Speaking and Group 
Communication, 323 Feature Writing for 
Special Audiences, and 235 Writing and 
Speaking in Business and the Professions 

• PHIL 216 Philosophical Issues in Business 

• PSCI 110 Government and Politics in the 
United States 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: 
BUS 244, 319. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: BUS 244, 441. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Institute for Management Studies 

The Department of Business Administra- 
tion is a member of the Institute for Manage- 
ment Studies. See page 108. 

112 

BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 

A critical examination of the role of business 
in modem society. Topics include the social 
and economic roles of business management 
techniques by commercial and non-commer- 
cial organizations (e.g., banks, manufacturers, 
retail stores, hospitals), and business careers 
and functions. Designed for students consid- 
ering majors or minors in business, and for non- 
majors seeking a broad understanding of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



business. May not he taken for credit by 
students who have successfully completed four 
or more courses in BUS. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 

A study of the opportunities and shortcom- 
ings of a quantitative approach to managerial 
decision-making. Using hand-computed and 
computer generated decisional models, students 
explore quantitative applications to quality 
control, resource allocation, inventory control, 
decisional analysis, network scheduling, 
forecasting, and other topics. Prerequisite: 
MATH 103 or consent of instructor. 

228 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business and 
nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product develop- 
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behavior, 
marketing strategy, ethical issues in marketing 
and others. Readings, case studies, library 
assignments and team research projects. 

235 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analyses of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments. 

236 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. 

241 

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

This course is designed to familiarize 
students with the environment and institutional 
framework in which international firms 



operate. Through readings, case studies and 
discussions, students will investigate the 
primary problems confronting international 
businesses, including cross-cultural conflicts, 
trade and payment systems, "multination- 
alization" of business enterprises, the changing 
relationship between former communist East 
and capitalist West, and the role of the business 
manager in that environment. Prerequisite: 
BUS 228 or consent of instructor. 

244 

MANAGEMENT AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of the complex character of 
organizational life and the discipline and 
process of management. Topics include the 
evolution and scope of organizations and 
management, planning, organizing, leading, 
and controlling. Emphasis is placed on the 
importance of managing in a global environ- 
ment, understanding the ethical implications of 
managerial decisions, and appreciating work 
place diversity. 

312 

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

A study of the recruitment, selection, 
development, compensation, retention, 
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within 
an organization. Emphasis is on understand- 
ing these major activities performed by 
Human Resource Management professionals 
as organizations deal with increased laws 
and regulations, the proliferation of lawsuits 
related to Human Resources, changes in work 
force characteristics, and an increasingly 
competitive work environment. 1/2 unit of 
credit. Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent of 
instructor. 

319 

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 

An investigation of the challenges of doing 
business in an increasingly global environ- 
ment. Special emphasis is placed on the 
cultural and social diversity of international 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



markets. Examines the marketing strategies of 
global firms, and the challenges of interna- 
tional pricing, distribution, advertising and 
product development. Prerequisite: BUS 228 
or consent of instructor. 

320 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

A study of computer information systems 
and digital networks from the perspective of 
business managers and other end-users. 
Topics include the components and functions 
of management information systems, personal 
productivity applications, distributed networks 
and communication systems (including the 
Internet and World Wide Web), database 
management, electronic commerce and other 
emerging technologies and business applica- 
tions. One-half unit of credit. Prerequisite: 
BUS 244 or consent of instructor. 

332 

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION 

How businesses and other institutions 
promote their products to consumers. The 
role of advertising and promotion in the 
marketing strategy of the firm in investigated, 
and the effects of different promotional tools 
and advertising techniques is discussed. 
Prerequisite: BUS 228 or consent of 
instructor. 

338 

FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL 

MANAGEMENT 

A study of the fundamental theory, tools, 
and methods of financial management. 
Topics include the mathematics of finance, 
working capital management, capital budget- 
ing, and analysis of financial statements. 
Prerequisites: ACCT 110 and MATH 103, or 
consent of instructor. 



339 

INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of issues and applica- 
tions of financial management. Topics covered 
include international finance, ethics, capital 
structures, cost of capital, financial analysis and 
forecasting. Extensive use of directed and non- 
directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of the 
economy and the structure and functions of 
financial markets and the agencies involved; 
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the 
various types of investments available. Tech- 
niques used to evaluate financial securities. 
Also covered are recent developments in 
investment theory. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

342 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and practices 
of marketing research. The focus is on the 
development and application of marketing 
research studies. Topics covered include 
selection of a research design, project planning 
and scheduling, data specification and gathering, 
quantitative methods to analyze data, inter- 
pretation of data, and research report writing. 
Reading, cases, and research project. Prerequi- 
site: MATH 103 and BUS 228, or consent of 
instructor. 

343 

RETAIL AND SERVICES MARKETING 
A study of marketing practices by com- 
panies that direcdy sell goods and services to 
consumers, such as department stores, restau- 
rants, mail-order firms, banks hospitals and 
accounting practices. Emphasis is placed on 
the methods used by organizations to attract 
and satisfy their customers and clients. Prerequi- 
site: BUS 228 or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



345 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 
Deals with the analysis of financial state- 
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme 
of the course is understanding the financial data 
which are analyzed as well as the methods by 
which they are analyzed and interpreted. This 
course should prove of value to all who need a 
thorough understanding of the uses to which 
financial statements are put as well as to those 
who must know how to use them intelligently 
and effectively. This includes accountants, 
security analysts, lending officers, credit 
analysts, managers, and all others who make 
decisions on the basis of financial data. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 110. 

429 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and 
select target markets, and then to develop 
strategies for gaining and maintaining these 
customers. Topics include competitive 
strategy, market segmentation, product 
positioning, business demographics and 
marketing-related financial analysis. Read- 
ings, case studies, library assignments and 
computer exercises. Prerequisites: BUS 228 
and MATH 103, or consent of instructor 

435 

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

A study of the environment and methods of 
international financial management. Topics 
include international financial markets and 
instruments, analysis of capital budgeting and 
investment abroad, multinational working 
capital management, and foreign exchange 
and other risk. Prerequisite: BUS 241 and 338, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with practical 
work experience with local companies and 
organizations. Students work 10- 12 hours per 
week for their sponsor organizations, in addition 
to attending a weekly seminar on management 
topics relevant to their work assignments. Since 
enrollment is limited by the available number of 
positions, students must apply directly to the 
business department before preregistration to be 
eligible for the course. Consent of instructor. 

441 

BUSINESS POLICIES 

Planning, organization, and control of 
business operations; setting of goals; coordina- 
tion of resources, development of policies. 
Analysis of strategic decisions encompassing 
all areas of a business, and the use and analysis 
of control measures. Emphasis on both the 
internal relationship of various elements of 
production, finance, marketing, and personnel, 
and the relationship of the business entity to 
external stimuli. Readings, cases, and games. 
Prerequisite: BUS 223, 228, 244, and 338, or 
consent of instructor. Seniors only. 

444 

APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH 

Students design, implement and present 
marketing studies for local businesses and 
other client organizations. Depending on the 
project, research methods may include 
customer surveys, focus groups, demographic 
studies and computerized information 
searches. In addition, students study market 
research methods and problems, such as 
designing questionnaires, selecting samples, 
detecting sources of bias, and presenting 
results to clients. Prerequisite: BUS 342 or 
consent of instructor. May be repeated once 
for credit with consent of instructor. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION • CHEMISTRY 



446 

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the planning, organiza- 
tion, and controlling of operations in a produc- 
tion facility. The course also incorporates 
quantitative techniques and computer applica- 
tions used in the production and operations 
management environment. Topics include 
capacity and layout planning, facility location 
analysis, job design and work measurement, 
production scheduling, materials requirement 
planning models, and quality controls. Students 
will engage in the actual design of an inventory 
status file and MRP system. Prerequisite: 
BUS 223 or consent of instructor. 

449 

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND 
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

How the potential businessman proceeds in 
establishing, operating, and profiting from a 
small business operation. Considered and 
analyzed are such aspects as marketing, 
managing, financing, promoting, insuring, 
establishing, developing, and staffing the small 
retail, wholesale service, and manufacturing 
firm. Prerequisites: ACCT 130 and BUS 228, 
338; or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent projects include marketing analysis 
for a paper products firm, planning a branch 
store, real estate management and banking. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Examples of recent studies are: the 
economic impact of a college on a community 
and marketing strategy for a local firm 
entering the consumer market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

A recent project was a study of the evolution 
of anti-trust legislation in the United States. 




CHEMISTRY (chem) 

Professor: Franz (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: McDonald 
Assistant Professors: Bendorf, Mahler 
Part-time Instructors: Evans, Miller 

The Department of Chemistry offers 
both B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
(ACS) to certify those students whose 
programs meet or exceed requirements 
established by the ACS. Students who wish 
to earn ACS certification must complete the 
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students 
who complete the ACS certified degree are 
also eligible for admission to the American 
Chemical Society following graduation. 

Regardless of their degree option, students 
majoring in chemistry are strongly encouraged 
to acquire independent or applied 
laboratory experience, such as that afforded 
by independent study or departmental honors 
research, summer research, or an internship. 
Since 1992, four- fifths of our graduating 
seniors have availed themselves of at least one 
of these opportunities. 

For students planning on graduate study in 
chemistry, German is the preferred foreign 
language option, and additional courses in 
advanced mathematics and computer science 
are also recommended. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



may be offered as such: CHEM 330, 331, and 
332. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

The B.A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree a student must 
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , 330-33 1 , 
332 and 333; PHYS 225-226; MATH 128, 
129 and one of the following courses: MATH 
103, 1 16, 130, 214, 231, 238, 332 or CPTR 
125. 

The B.S. degree 

To earn the B.S. degree a student must 
complete the major described above as well as 
CHEM 443 and two courses from CHEM 440, 
442, 447 and 480 (490). 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Chemistry major interested in becoming 
certified in secondary education in Chemistry 
and/or General Science/Chemistry should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and make their plans known to 
their advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled for the Professional Semester. 

a) To be certified in secondary education 
in chemistry a student must: complete 
a chemistry major; pass two biology 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher. 
PSY 1 10 and 338, and EDUC 200; 
complete the Pre-Student Teaching 
Participation and pass the Professional 
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 449). 
The student may choose EDUC 232 
and/or EDUC 239 as additional 
Education electives. 

b) A student interested in obtaining 
General Science/Chemistry certifica- 
tion must complete all the require- 
ments for secondary certification in 
chemistry shown in (a) and must also 



pass any two units from ASTR 111, 
1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recom mended as an additional course. 

Minor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
of CHEM 1 10 (or 108), 1 1 1, and four courses 
numbered 220 or higher; at least one must be 
taken from each of the following groups: 
Group A (220-221, 440, 442, 444, 447) and 
Group B (332, 330-331, 333, 439, 443). 
Special advanced courses may be designated 
by the department for inclusion in these groups. 

108 

CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES 

An introduction to the principles of inor- 
ganic chemistry. Topics include atomic and 
molecular structure, nomenclature, gases, 
solutions, acids and bases, kinetics, equilibrium, 
oxidation-reduction, and stoichiometry. The 
approach is primarily descriptive with illustra- 
tions drawn mostly from the health sciences. 
Along with CHEM 1 15, this course is designed 
for those students who require only two 
semesters of chemistry, and is not intended for 
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses 
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three- 
hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisite: MATH 100 or consent of department. 
Not open for credit to students who have 
received credit for CHEM 110. 

110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods of 
separation, purification, and identification of 
compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for students 
who plan to major in one of the sciences. 
Three hours lecture, one hour of discussion 
and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or consent of 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



the Chemistry Department. Not open for credit 
to students who have received credit for 
CHEM 108 except by consent of the department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis 
placed on the foundations of analytical, inorganic, 
and physical chemistry. Topics include 
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base 
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, 
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and 
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected 
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of 
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discussion, 
and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 110 or consent of depart- 
ment. 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the principles 
of organic chemistry with material relevant to 
students in medical technology, biology, nursing, 
forestry, education and the humanities. Topics 
include nomenclature, alkanes, arenes, func- 
tional derivatives, amino acids and proteins, 
carbohydrates and other naturally occurring 
compounds. This course is designed for students 
who require only one semester of organic 
chemistry. Three hours of lecture, one hour of 
discussion, and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 108 or 1 10. 
Not open for credit to students who have 
received credit for CHEM 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. Three 
hours of lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111. 



330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental principles of 
theoretical chemistry and their applications. 
The laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisite: CHEM 111, MATH 
129, and one year of physics; or consent of 
instructor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary instru- 
mental analysis together with practice in lab- 
oratory techniques and calculations of these 
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three- 
hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 1 1 1 or consent of instructor. 

333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modern theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to the 
chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisite: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one 
year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

After presenting the origin, basic concepts, 
and formulation of quantum mechanics with 
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course 
will investigate the free particle, simple harmonic 
oscillator, and central-force problems. Both 
time-independent and time-dependent perturba- 
tion theory will be covered. The elegant 
operator formalism of quantum mechanics will 
conclude the course. Four hours of lecture and 
recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 231, either 
CHEM 331 or PHYS 226, and consent of 
instructor. Cross-li.sted as PHYS 439. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^M 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modern synthetic 
organic chemistry. Topics may include 
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon 
bond forming reactions, functional group 
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of 
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, 
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture and 
one four-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: 
CHEM22L 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND 
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 

Theory and application of the identification of 
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic 
techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS, 
and MS). Three of hours lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi- 
sites: CHEM22L 

443 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of 
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture and 
one four-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 331 and 332, or consent 
of instructor. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various types 
of inhibitive control mechanisms. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 115 or 221, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Cross-listed as BIO 444. 



447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, characteri- 
zation, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
221 and 330, or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their own 
research activities or those of others which 
have appeared in recent chemical literature. 
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit 
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior 
and senior years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Wild (Chairperson), 
Koehn 

The major in Communication seeks to 
provide a foundation in communication theory 
and media criticism as well as expertise in a 
particular area of communication. All 
students majoring in Communication must 
complete the five courses listed in the Core 
and eight additional courses in one of the three 
areas of concentration listed below: four 
required courses and four elective courses. 
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have 
declared a major in Communication are 
required to enroll in and successfully complete 
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during 
each semester they are on campus or until they 
have successfully completed at least four 
semesters of this noncredit course. All 
students in this major should consider electing 
an internship before graduation. 

The major in Communication enables 
students to pursue employment and/or 
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ- 
ing corporate communication, public relations, 
audio and video production, print and broad- 
cast journalism, professional media writing, 
and media research and analysis. 

All majors in Communication are encour- 
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign 
language and to consider the following liberal 
arts electives: MATH 103 and/or courses in 
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses 
in contemporary American and/or interna- 
tional history, economics, and political 
science; and courses in literature from the 
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign 
Languages and Literatures. 

The following course has been designated 
as writing intensive and may be offered as 
such: COMM 326. Students should check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 




Minor 

A minor in Communication consists of any 
three courses from the Core and two other 
courses offered by the Communication 
Department. At least one of the five courses 
in the minor must be at the 300-level or above. 

CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF 
ALL MAJORS 

COMM 110 Principles of Communication 
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural 

Studies: Literature, Film, and 

Television 

Senior Seminar 

Media Arts Colloquium 



COMM 440 
COMM 246 
346, 446 
PSCI210 
THE A 112 



Communication and Society 
America on Screen 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 



Majors must concentrate in one of the 
following three areas of study. 

A. Public Relations and Corporate 
Communication 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 211 Public Speaking and Group 

Communication 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and 

Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this 

concentration: 

COMM 117 Media Writing Principles with 

Desktop Publishing 
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 332 Topics in Media Theory 

and Practice 
BUS 228 Marketing Principles 

BUS 244 Organization and Management 

BUS 332 Advertising and Promotion 

PSY 224 Social Psychology 

PSY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 

B. Electronic Media 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 2 1 8 Audio Production for Radio 

and Video 
COMM 223 Basic Video Production 
COMM 348 Advanced Video Production 
ART 227 Introduction to Photography 

Elective choices for students in this 

concentration: 

COMM 225 The Art of Scriptwriting 

COMM 332 Topics in Media Theory 

and Practice 
ART 343 Computer Graphics for Print 

Media 
ART 344 Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media 



PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and 

Regulation 
THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 
C. Reporting and Media Writing 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 2 1 1 Public Speaking and Group 

Communication 
COMM 229 Print and Broadcast Journalism 
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and 

Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this 

concentration: 

COMM 1 1 7 Media Writing Principles with 

Desktop Publishing 
COMM 225 The Art of Scriptwriting 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
COMM 332 Topics in Media Theory 

and Practice 
ENGL 240 Introduction to Creative Writing 
ENGL 321 Advanced Writing: Technical 

and Professional 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 

110 

PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION 

Introduction to the basic theories and 
principles of communication as they apply to 
individuals, groups, and the media industries. 
Emphasis on writing, research, and oral 
communication. 

117 

MEDIA WRITING PRINCIPLES WITH 
DESKTOP PUBLISHING 

Intensive drill and practice in desktop 
publishing and the basic forms of media 
writing. Major emphasis on the elements of 
lead, style, and structure. Designed for 
students with little or no experience in 
desktop publishing and writing for the media. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106/107. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



211 

PUBLIC SPEAKING AND 
GROUP COMMUNICATION 

Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of 
situations to general as well as targeted 
audiences. Emphasis on developing skills in 
teamwork and leadership and on solving 
problems using oral communication skills. 
Training in writing, organizing, and delivering 
speeches using traditional research methods as 
well as emerging technologies. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 

218 

AUDIO PRODUCTION FOR 

RADIO AND VIDEO 

Study of the principles and techniques of 
audio production as applied to radio and other 
media. Consideration of various program 
formats and the use of sound media as an art 
form. Includes historical as well as contempo- 
rary examples of audio production and sound 
design. 

223 

BASIC VIDEO PRODUCTION 

Training in the fundamentals of prepro- 
duction, production, and postproduction for 
video. Emphasis on mastering the basics of 
video production from concept to completion. 
Prerequisites: course work or experience in 
technical theatre, photography, film studies, 
and/or audio production; or consent of 
instructor. 

lis 

THE ART OF SCRIPTWRITING 

Training in analyzing and writing scripts 
for defined audiences and purposes. 
Developing the original screenplay as well as 
scripts for business, advertising, and education 
will be considered. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107. 



229 

PRINT AND BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

Study of fonn and content of news gather- 
ing and beat reporting. Training in research- 
ing, interviewing, organizing, and editing a 
variety of news stories for the Lycoming 
College newspaper and for campus radio. 
Considers the ethical issues of reporting for 
print and broadcast. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107. 

235 

WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 

AND THE PROFESSIONS 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to business and professional settings. Using 
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic 
media to solve a variety of communication 
problems that frequently occur in the world of 
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

323 

FEATURE WRITING FOR 
SPECIAL AUDIENCES 

Practice in writing a variety of feature 
stories and editorials for different media and 
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature 
writing for magazines compares and contrasts 
with feature writing for newspapers and feature 
stories for television. Readings, peer review, 
and training in how to develop ideas using 
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 

324 

PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND 
PROBLEM SOLVING 

Training in methods of public relations 
research, program planning and evaluation, 
working with the media, writing for public 
relations and advertising, and conducting a 
public relations campaign to solve a problem 
or crisis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and 
electronic communication. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



326 

MEDIA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL 
STUDIES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND 
TELEVISION 

Introduction to methods of analyzing popular 
culture and the arts using one or more of these 
approaches: textual criticism, content analysis, 
semiotics, auteur criticism, historical criti- 
cism, frame theory, and structural analysis. 
Comparison of the ways in which different 
media create values and portray individuals, 
social conflicts, and human aspirations. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

332 

TOPICS IN MEDIA THEORY 

AND PRACTICE 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to a special area or style of communication. 
Readings, discussions, and practical experi- 
ences in creating materials for print and/or 
electronic media. Possible topics include: 
docudrama and investigative reporting, 
communicating in cyberspace, creative 
advertising, instructional television and video. 
May be repeated for credit with change of 
topic. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

348 

ADVANCED VIDEO PRODUCTION 

Advanced production of documentary, 
narrative, and experimental video. Explora- 
tion of a variety of approaches to motivating 
talent and directing for the camera. Prerequi- 
site: COMM 223, or advanced course work in 
acting and directing, or consent of instructor. 

246, 346, and 446 

MEDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students, and 
invited professionals meet two or three times 
each semester to discuss topics pertaining to 
the field of communication and to the work 
students are doing in campus media. Each 
student enrolled in the seminar is required to 
keep a log and to work for a minimum of three 
hours each week in one or more of the 



following: campus newspaper; campus 
yearbook; campus radio; campus television; 
public relations; corporate communication. 
Open only to majors. Non-credit and Pass/ 
Fail. Once the major is declared, students are 
required to enroll in the seminar each 
semester until they graduate or until they have 
successfully completed four semesters, 
whichever comes first. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An elective for junior and senior majors who 
wish to acquire additional experience in 
working with practicing professionals. Open 
only to majors and minors. 

440 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

Reading and discussion of one or more 
topics of interest to communication special- 
ists. Focus on preparing individual projects 
related to seminar topics and the student's 
area(s) of expertise for public presentation. 
Majors are required to enroll in this course 
either in their junior or senior year. Open to 
nonmajors with consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their area of study. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Studies involve research related to the area of 
study of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

• 



CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 



Assistant Professor: Strauser (Coordinator) 

This major is designed to acquaint students 
with the American criminaljustice system and 
to provide an understanding of the social, 
psychological, philosophical, and political 
contexts within which the system of criminal 
justice functions. Its aim is to develop students' 
intellectual and scientific skills in raising and 
attempting to answer important questions about 
the system of justice and its place in society. The 
program offers opportunity for intern experi- 
ence in the field, and prepares for careers in the 
areas of law enforcement, probation and parole, 
prisons, and treatment services. 

The major has two tracks. Track I prepares 
for careers in law enforcement. Track II 
prepares for careers in corrections. 

Track I - Law Enforcement. 

The major consists of 10 courses, distrib- 
uted as follows: 

A. Professional courses in criminaljustice 
(three courses) 

SOC 1 1 5 Introduction to the Criminal 

Justice System 
SOC 223 Introduction to Law 

Enforcement 
SOC 339 The American Prison 

System 

B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political context of the 
justice system (seven courses): 



SOC 300 

PSY116 

PSCI33I 

PSCI335 

PHIL 21 8 

One course from: 
SOC 221 
SOC 334 



Criminology 
Abnormal Psychology 
Civil Rights and Liberties 
Law and Society 
Issues in Criminal Justice 

Juvenile Delinquency or 
Cultural Minorities 




One course from: 
AMST 200 
HIST 230 
HIST 443 



America as a Civilization or 
Afro- American History or 
U.S. Social and Intellectual 
History Since 1877 



C. Internship or practicum in law enforcement 
(recommended but not required for the major). 

Track II - Corrections 

The major consists of 10 courses distributed as 
follows: 

A. Professional courses in criminaljustice 
(three courses) 

SOC 1 1 5 Introduction to the Criminal Justice 

System 
SOC 222 Introcuction to Human Services 
SOC 339 The American Prison System 

B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political context of the 
justice system (seven courses): Same as Track I. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE • ECONOMICS 




C. Internship or practicum in corrections 
(recommended but not required for the major). 
Prerequisite: MATH 103, PSY 239 and 431. 
These prerequisites may be waived in certain 
cases by the coordinating committee. 

Majors should seek advice concerning 
course selection from members of the coordi- 
nating committee and should note course 
prerequisites in planning their programs. 

Minor 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
courses. Required courses include: SOC 1 15 
and any four other courses in the Criminal 
Justice major listed above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 200 or above. To receive 
credit for a minor in Criminal Justice, a student 
must maintain a minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average in courses completed for the minor. 



ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

Associate Professor: Madresehee 

(Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: Sprunger, Yerger 

The major has two tracks. Track I is designed 
for the student whose primary interest lies in 
business management; Track II is designed to 
provide a broad understanding of economic, 
social, and business problems. In addition to 
preparing students for a career in business or 
government, this track provides an excellent 
background for graduate or professional studies. 

Track I - Managerial Economics requires 
ECON 1 10, II 1, 220, 332 and 441; ACCT 1 10 
and either ACCT 130 or BUS 429; BUS 338; 
and two other economics courses numbered 200 
or above, excluding ECON 349. 

Track II - General Economics requires ECON 
1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three other 
courses in economics. Depending on their 
academic and career interests, students are 
encouraged to select a minor in another department 
such as political science, philosophy, or history. 

In addition, the following courses are recom- 
mended: all majors - MATH 103 and BUS 223; 
majors planning graduate work - MATH 1 12 and 
1 28; Track II majors - ACCT 1 1 and either 1 30 
or 344. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: ECON 337, 440. Students 
must check semester class schedules to determine 
which courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 90. 

Minor 

A minor in economics requires the completion 
of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other economics 
courses numbered 200 or above, or any four 
economics courses numbered 200 or above. 

The Department of Economics is a member of 
the Institute for Management Studies. See page 108. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 
and abuses of credit; investing, savings, 
buying insurance, automobiles and houses; 
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc. 

110 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of the 
economic system as a whole. What influences 
the level of national income and employment? 
What is inflation and why do we have it? What 
is the role of government in a modem capitalis- 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and services we demand? 
How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements of 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institutions; 
capital markets, and international financial 
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 110. 



224 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and 
economic problems associated with urbaniza- 
tion, including poverty, employment, educa- 
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the 
environment, transportation, and public 
finance. Analysis of solutions offered. 
Prerequisite: ECON llOor lll,or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

225 

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

A study of the relationship between 
environmental decay and economic growth, 
with particular reference to failures of the 
price and property-rights systems; application 
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the 
creation of an ecologically viable economy. 

229 

BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 

An introduction to the nature and history of 
business fluctuations, the tools used in 
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain 
the cycle, and techniques used in forecasting 
economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
most useful and necessary sets of tools for 
decision-making. By using a variety of 
modern statistical methods, econometrics 
helps us to estimate economic relationships, 
test different economic behaviors, and 
forecast different economic variables. Pre- 
requisites: Mathematic 103, ECON 110 and 
11 1: or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

240 

ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

An introduction to the theory and practice 
of economic geography with emphasis upon 
the historical dynamics of local, regional, and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 



global organization. This course considers the 
forces reshaping global economic geography 
including the factors that determine the 
competitive advantage of nations. These 
factors include resources such as food, energy, 
materials, and changing patterns of world 
population. Also included will be theoretical 
literature reparding locational decisions and 
choice, as well as the rapidly changing global 
economy in the context of trade theory and the 
shifting focus of international economics 
activity. 

327 

PUBLIC CHOICE 

This course focuses on the application of 
economics to the political processes of voting 
and bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will 
be the study of problems that can occur within 
the democratic process because the incentives 
given to public servants do not always match 
society's best interests. Policies and institu- 
tions that can improve such problems will be 
explored. U.S. elections and campaigns will 
provide many of the applications for the class. 
Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory regarding consumer demand, production 
costs and theory, profit maximization, market 
structures, and the determinants of returns to 
the factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 
110. Alternate years. 

331 

INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 
An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory and practice with regard to business 
fluctuation, national income accounting, the 
determination of income and employment 
levels, and the use of monetary and fiscal 
policy. Prerequisite: ECON NO. Alternate 
years. 



332 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
cases of private monopoly, through public 
utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 
Prerequisites: ECON 110 and 111, or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the 
United States, including the structure of 
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the 
role of government in labor-management 
relations and the economic impact of unions. 
Alternate years. Prerequisite: ECON 110 or 
111, or consent of instructor. 

337 

PUBLIC FINANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. Prereq- 
uisites: ECON 110 and 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference to 
the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON 
1 Wand 111. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS • EDUCATION 



349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itself) designed to better integrate classroom 
theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of 
the effort expended will consist of academic 
work related to agency activities. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas embod- 
ied in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter, 
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
ECON 110 and HI. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking, 
or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




EDUCATION (EDuc) 

Assistant Professors: Blair 
Conrad (Chairperson), Hungerford 

Part-time Instructors: Bossert, Mosser, 
Salvatori, Straub 

The Education Department offers Pennsyl- 
vania-approved teacher certification programs 
in elementary and secondary education, as well 
as a school nurse certification program. 

Students seeking secondary teacher 
certification must complete EDUC 200 and 
PSY 138 prior to the professional semester 
(EDUC 446, 447, 449) as well as the necessary 
subject area courses. Students must have the 
required 14 half-day observations with their 
assigned cooperating teacher during the 
semester prior to their professional semester. 
Students may earn secondary certification in 
one or more of the following areas: art (K-12), 
biology, chemistry, English, French (K-12), 
general science, German (K-12), mathematics, 
music (K-12), physics, school nurse (K-12), 
social studies, and Spanish (K-12). 

Students seeking elementary teacher 
certification must complete EDUC 200, PSY 
138, MATH 205, EDUC 000. 341, 342, 343, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



and 344 prior to the professional semester 
(EDUC 445, 447, 448). Students must have 
the required 14 half-day observations with 
their assigned cooperating teacher during the 
semester prior to their professional semester. 

Students interested in the teacher education 
program should refer to the Teacher Educa- 
tion Handbook, which specifies the current 
requirements for certification. Early consulta- 
tion with a member of the Education Depart- 
ment is strongly recommended. Application 
for the professional semester must be made 
during the fall semester of the junior year. 
The Department of Education admits to the 
professional semester only those applicants 
who are in good academic standing, have 
satisfactorily completed the participation 
requirements, have paid the student teaching 
fee, and have received a positive evaluation 
based upon: (a) recommendation from the 
student's major department; (b) a screening 
interview conducted by the Education Depart- 
ment; and (c) a writing sample from the student. 
Major departments have different criteria for 
their recommendations; therefore, the student 
should consult with the chairperson of the 
major department about those requirements. 

Additional teacher intern program informa- 
tion can be found on page 49. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: EDUC 343 and 
344. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 
student teaching, during the fall semester of 
the senior year. These seminars, conducted by 
certified public school personnel, emphasize 
activities and knowledge which are helpful in 
the self-contained elementary classroom. 
Non-credit course. 



200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 
STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, and 
religious conditions which influence American 
schools and teachers. Consideration is given to 
the school environment, the curriculum, and the 
children with the intention that students will 
examine more rationally their own motives for 
entering the profession. 
232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 
AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assignments 
utilizing various A-V devices. 

239 

PUBLIC SCHOOL CURRICULUM 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to the meaning and nature of the 
curriculum, the desirable outcomes of the 
curriculum, conflicting and variant concep- 
tions of curricula content, modem techniques 
of curricular construction, criteria for the 
evaluation of curricula, the curriculum as a 
teaching instrument. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the curriculum work within the teaching 
field of each individual. 

341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A 
study of the science content of the curriculum, 
its material and use. Observation and participa- 
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or 
consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A course designed to consider means of 
communication, oral and written, including 
both practical and creative uses. Attention 
will be given to listening, speaking, written 
expression, linguistics and grammar, and 
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 
for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the 
creative writing of others. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an elemen- 
tary reading program from kindergarten through 



sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a 
reading instructional program which reflects 
the nature of the learning process and recog- 
nizes principles of child development through 
examination of the principles, problems, 
methods, and materials used in elementary 
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor. 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Elemen- 
tary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 445 — Methods of Teaching 

in the Elementary School 

EDUC 447 — Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 448 — Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 

445 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
between the theoretical studies of physical, 
social and cognitive development and the 
elementary classroom environment. Particular 
consideration will be given to the appropriate 
age and developmental level of the students 
with an emphasis upon selection and 
utilization of methods in all the elementary 
subject areas, including art and music. 
Specific attention is given to the development 
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
maintaining classroom control, and for overall 
classroom management. Direct application is 
made to the individual student teaching 
experience. Prerequisites: MATH 205, 
EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre- 
student teaching participation. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^» 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 

• 



447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

448 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervis- 
ion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
public elementary school in Lycoming 
County. Student teachers are required to 
follow the calendar of the school district to 
which they are assigned. Two units maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 

The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching 

in the Secondary School 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 
Secondary School 

The Art/Music (K-12) Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Art/ 
Music (K-12) Professional Semester: 
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 
(6 semester hours) 

EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 
Secondary School 
(6 semester hours) 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 
A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 
major. Stress is placed on the selection and 
utilization of visual and auditory aids to 
learning. Students teach demonstration 
lessons in the presence of the instructor and 
the members of the class and observe superior 
teachers in Lycoming County secondary 
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200, PSY J 38, 
and pre -student teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under the 
supervision of a selected cooperating teacher 
in a public secondary school in Lycoming 
County. Student teachers are required to 
follow the calendar of the school district to 
which they are assigned. Two units maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

Professors: Jensen, Moses, Rife 
Associate Professors: Hawkes, Lewes 
Assistant Professors: Feinstein, 
Hafer (Chairperson) 

The department offers two programs 
leading to the major in English: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
choose English as a liberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
for students who choose English as their subject 
area for elementary certification or who wish to 
earn secondary certification in English; for 
students who wish to improve their verbal and 
analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
career, such as technical writing, business, or 
law; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American literature. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 217, 220, 



22 1 , 222, and 223; two courses selected from 
ENGL 3 1 1 , 3 1 2, 3 1 3, 3 1 4, and 3 1 5; one from 
ENGL 335 and 336; and two electives from 
among courses numbered 215 and above. 

Students who wish to earn secondary teacher 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses in 
English are 217, 220, 221, 222, 223, 335, 336, 
and 338; three courses selected from 311,312, 
313,314, and 315; and one elective from 
among courses numbered 2 1 5 and above. 
Required courses outside English are EDUC 
200, 446, 447, and 449; PS Y 1 1 and 1 38; and 
THEA 100. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
complete the twelve English courses specified 
for secondary certification and, as part of that 
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti- 
cism, as their English elective. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while pursu- 
ing a fundamental liberal arts education. 

A minimum often courses is required for Track 
II. Required courses are ENGL 240; two 
courses selected from ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222, 223 
and 225; two fromENGL31 1,312,313,314 
and 3 1 5; one from ENGL 33 1 or 332; one from 
ENGL 335 and 336; two from ENGL 34 1 , 342, 
44 1 , and 442 (note prerequisites); and one from 
ENGL411or412. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
teacher certification must complete a minimum 
of twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 240; two courses selected from 
ENGL 220, 22 1 , 222, 223, 224 and 225; two 
from 31 1,312, 3 13, 314, and 315; one from 331 
and 332; 335, 336, 338; two from 341, 342, 441, 
442 and one from 4 1 1 and 412. Required 
courses outside English are EDUC 200, 446, 
447, and 449; PS Y 1 1 and 1 38; and THEA 1 00. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 



The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a cultural diversity course: 
ENGL 334. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: ENGL 225, 33 1 , 334, 335, 
336, 420. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minors 

The department offers two minors in 
English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
200 level or above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
chosen from ENGL 217, 240, 321, 322, and 
338; plus one writing-intensive course in 
literature at the 300 level. 

105 

INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING 
A review of grammar and an introduction to 
college-level reading and writing. One unit 
grade of "P" will be assigned when the student 
has successfully completed all of the work in 
the course. Required of, and limited to, those 
who have not been exempted from ENGL 105. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the compos- 
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a 
position in various situations requiring the use 
of written English. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 

107 

HONORS COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the writing 
skills of students who have the potential to 
benefit from advanced work. Placement b\ 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



examination only. Credit may not be earned fat 
both 106 and 107. 

215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading and 
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements 
and structures of literary representation. Literature 
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL 
1 06 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

Brief introduction to criticism as a disci- 
pline, followed by workshop training in writing 
critical papers on the major literary genres. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofC + or better in ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

Literary forms, themes, and authors from tht 
Anglo-Saxon period through the 18th century. 
Emphasis on such writers as Chaucer, Spenser, 
Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson 
representative works from Beowulf [o Bumey's 
Evelina. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. 

221 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th 
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as 
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Brown- 
ing, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to the Civil War, with major emphasis 
on the writers of the Romantic period: Poe. 
Emerson, Thoreau. Hawthorne, Melville, 
Dickinson, and Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 

• 



223 

AMERICAN LITERATURE II 

Survey of American literature from the Civil War 
to the present, emphasizing such authors as Twain, 
James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, 
Eliot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. Pre /-e<7M/- 
site: ENGL 106or 107, or consent of instructor. 

lis 

CLASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman 
works that have influenced Western writers. 
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, satire, 
and love poetry. Writers studied include Homer, 
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Virgil, 
Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius,andOvid.Prere^M/- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

240 

INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING 

Workshopdiscussions, structured exercises, and 
readings in contemporary literature to provide 
practice and basic instruction in the writing and 
evaluation of poetry and fiction. Preref^M/^/Ye .• 
ENGL 106or 107, or consent of instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English poetry 
and prose from Bede' s Ecclesiastical History to 
Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric, 
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis on 
the cultural context from which these forms 
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary forms 
of the Renaissance. Authors studied will include 
Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, Sidney, 
Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 18th-century 
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that 
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and 
themes of the Romantic period ( 1 789- 1 832) with 
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual 
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and 
themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 1 90 1 ) with 
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual 
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL 

A course providing practice in report and 
technical writing, proposals, and other areas 
where competence will be expected in the 
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 
and the personal. Readings will include 
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. Prerequi- 
site: Grade ofC+ or better in ENGL 106 or 
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 

• 



331 

20TH-CENTURY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short fiction 
of such major writers as Conrad, Woolf, 
Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with 
special emphasis on the relationship of their 
works to concepts of modernism. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

332 

20TH-CENTURY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
modem and contemporary poets including 
Yeats, Frost, Stevens, Williams, Pound, Moore, 
Eliot, Hughes, Roethke, Bishop, Berryman, 
Lowell, Larkin, Ginsberg, Sexton, Rich, Plath, 
Baraka, Heaney, and Dove. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

333 

THE NOVEL 

An examination primarily of British and 
American works from the 1 8th century to the 
present, focusing on the novel's ability — since 
its explosive inception — to redefine its own 
boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

WOMEN IN LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
historical — of literature by women represent- 
ing diverse cultures. Each course will examine 
a particular theme significant to women 
writers from more than one cultural back- 
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

CHAUCER 

A study of the major works with emphasis 
on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde. Some attention to language study 
and to the traditions out of which Chaucer's 
works arose. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

338 

LINGUISTICS AND THE ANALYSIS OF 

THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

Introduction to methods of analyzing spoken 
and written English. Classroom work sup- 
ported by weekly tutorials, in which the student 
gains practical experience in identifying, 
diagnosing, and correcting basic communica- 
tions problems. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 
107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate workshop focusing on the 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

342 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, where 
the student is trained to hear language at work. 
Emphasis on characterization and story. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure, 
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms 
will be studied through readings, discussion, 
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both 
practical criticism and in creative writing, this 
course will pay particular attention to theories 
concerned with the relationship between form 
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 240 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



412 

FORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

A course that examines philosophical and 
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting 
fiction based on those theories. Authors will 
most likely include Aristotle, Calvino, Gardner, 
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 240 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

420 

SELECTED WRITERS 

An intensive study of no more than three 
writers, selected on the basis of student and 
faculty interest. Possible combinations 
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

421 

TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
movement as it appears in one or more types 
of literature and as it cuts across various 
epochs. Possible topics include: American 
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and 
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

POETRY WORKSHOP II 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
ysis of their own work and acquire experience 
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 341. Alternate years. 

442 

FICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged 



to develop and control his or her individual 
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 342. Alternate years. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in the 
course includes practical as well as theoretical 
use of the ideas and methods of critical 
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art 
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women writers; 
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise 
Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf." 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor: MacKenzie 

Associate Professors: Buedel (Chairperson), 

Maples 
Assistant Professor: G. Clark 
Part-time Instructors: A. Falk, Boring, Kilgus 
Language Assistants: Bosch, Kuhn, Marlier 

Study of foreign languages and literatures 
offers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
contributes both to personal and to interna- 
tional understanding by providing competence 
in a foreign language and a critical acquain- 
tance with the literature and culture of foreign 
peoples. A major can serve as entree to careers 
in business, government, publishing, education, 
journalism, social agencies, translating, and 
writing. It prepares for graduate work in liter- 
ature or linguistics and the international fields of 
politics, business, law, health, and area studies. 
French, German, and Spanish are offered 
as major fields of study. The major consists of 
at least eight courses numbered 1 1 1 or above. 
Majors seeking teacher certification and students 
planning to enter graduate school are advised to 
begin study of a second foreign language. The 
department encourages students to consider 
allied courses from related fields or a second 
major, and also individual or established 
interdisciplinary majors combining interest in 
several literatures or area or cross-cultural 



studies; for example. International Studies, 20th 
Century Studies, the Major in Literature. 

The department recommends that language 
majors study in a department-approved program 
for a semester or more as part of their major. 
Approved programs are available in France 
(Paris, Nantes), in Germany and Austria (Berlin, 
Freiburg, Munich, Vienna), and in Spain and 
Mexico (Madrid, Salamanca, Seville, Valladolid, 
Mexico City, Cuemavaca, Puebla). Interested 
students should begin planning with their major 
advisor by the first week of the semester prior to 
departure. To qualify, students must have soph- 
omore standing or better, an overall GPA of 2.50, 
and at least a GPA of 3.00 in language courses. 
Other qualificafions include recommendafion 
from faculty in the major and completion of 
specific courses in language, literature, or culture. 

Students interested in teacher certificadon 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 90. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES (FLL) 

225 

CONTINENTAL LITERATURE 

A study of such major continental authors as 
Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante, Ibsen, 
Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe, Sartre, 
Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works read in 
English translation will vary and be organized 
around a different theme or topic; recent topics 
have been existentialism, modernism, drama, the 
Weimar era, and 20th century Scandinavian and 
German prose writers. Prerequisite: None. 
Taught in English. May be repeated for credit 
with consent of instructor. May be accepted 
toward the English major with consent of the 
Department of English. 

338 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 

SYSTEMS AND PROCESS 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for 
language learning and teaching. Discussion and 
application of language teaching techniques, 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^H 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



including work in the language laboratory. 
Designed for future teachers of one or more 
languages and normally taken in the junior year. 
Students should arrange through the Department 
of Education to fulfill in the same semester the 
requirements of a participation experience in 
area schools. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 
Taught in English. Does not count toward 
majors in French, German, and Spanish. 

FRENCH (FRN) 

A major consist of a minimum of 32 semester 
hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 or above, 
including at least two from 402, 412, 423, and 
427. Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with a 3.00 GPA and pass FRN 221-222, 228, 
and FLL 338 (the latter course with a grade of 
B or better). 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as cultural diversity course: FRN 
228. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: FRN 441. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 112 may be counted 
towards the minor, but then the minor must con- 
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 1 2 
hours of which must be numbered 200 above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 



111-112 

INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the fundamentals 
of the language for immediate use in speaking, 
understanding, and reading, with a view to 
building confidence in self-expression. 
Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Further training in speaking, listening 
comprehension, reading, and writing. Includes 
extensive work in grammar. Prerequisite: 
FRN 112 or equivalent. 

228 

MODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students with 
political and social structures and cultural attitudes . 
in contemporary French society. Material studied 
may include such documents as newspaper articles, 
interviews and sociological surveys, and readings 
in history, religion, anthropology, and the arts. 
Some attention to the changing education system 
and the family and to events and ideas which have 
shaped French society. May include some 
comparative study of France and the United States. 
Prerequisite: FRN 221 or consent of instructor. 

402 

FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800 

Major authors and movements from the 
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and Enlighten- 
ment periods. Includes the chanson de geste, 
Villon, Montaigne, Comeille, Racine, Moliere, 
Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: FRN 222 
or 228, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE 
OF THE 19TH CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibility: 
Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal. 
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of 
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of 
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and Mallarme. 
Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



423 

MODERN FRENCH THEATRE 

Major trends in French drama from the turn 
of the century to Existentiahsm and the 
Theatre of the Absurd, Giraudoux, Anouilh, 
Sartre, Camus, Beckett, lonesco, Genet, 
Adamov, and others. Prerequisite: FRN 222 
or 228, or consent of instructor. 

427 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novehsts of 
modem France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust, Gide, Aragon, 
Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, Saint- 
Exupery, Camus, the "new novelists" (Robbe- 
Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio), and the 
poetry of Apollinaire, Valery, the Surrealists 
(Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), Saint-John 
Perse, Supervielle, Prevert, and others. Some 
attention to works of French-speaking African 
writers. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral compre- 
hension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, and translation. Prereq- 
uisite: One course from FRN 402, 412, 423, 
427: or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French include 
translation. Existentialism, the classical period, 
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



GERMAN (GERM) 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 
1 1 1 or above. One unit of ELL 225 may be 
included in the major with permission. GERM 
43 1 or 441 is required of all majors. 

Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 323 
and 325. In addition to the 32 semester hours 
of courses for the major they must also pass 
FLL 338 with a grade of B or better. All 
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS 
336, PSCI 220, and THEA 335. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
may be offered as such: GERM 221, 222. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as "D" 
courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may offered as such: GERM 431, 441. Students 
must check semester class schedules to deter- 
mine which courses are offered as "W" courses 
for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least 16 sem- 
ester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and above. 
Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted toward 
the minor, but then the minor must consist of at 
least 20 semester hours of courses, 12 hours of 
which must be numbered 200 or above. One 
unit of FLL 225 may be included in the minor 
with permission. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

This sequence of courses reviews and develops 
the fundamentals of the language for immediate 
use in speaking, understanding, and reading with 
a view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite: GERM 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses is designed to review 
and develop skills in speaking, listening, writing 
and reading. Grammar and vocabulary building 
are stressed with intensive review, writing 
practice and some reading on contemporary 
issues in German-speaking countries. Prerequi- 
site: GERM 1 12 or equivalent. 

323 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 18th century. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, repre- 
sentative authors, and major cultural develop- 
ments in Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. 
The course deals with literature and culture 
from the 19th century through the 1960's. 
Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent of 
instructor. 

411 

THE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating to 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM 
323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 



418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students who 
want to improve their spoken and written 
German. Includes work in oral comprehension, 
phonetics, pronunciation, oral and written comp- 
osition, translation, and the development of the 
language and its relationship to English. 
Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent of 
instructor. 

421 

GERMAN POETRY 

A study of selected poets or the poetry of various 
literary periods. Possible topics include: Romantic 
poetry , Heine, Rilke, and selected contemporary 
poets. Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or consent of 
instructor. 

431 

GOETHE 

A study of the life and works of Goethe. Goethe's 
significance in the Classical period and later. 
Readings in the major works. Prerequisite: 
GERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and drama- 
tists of contemporary Germany, Switzerland 
and Austria covering the period from the 1960's 
to the present. Readings selected from writers 
such as: Boll, Brecht, Frisch, Diirrenmatt, 
Bichsel, Handke, Walser, Grass, Becker, and 
others. Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German include 
Classicism, Germanic Mythology, Hermann 
Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and Diirrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



GREEK (GRK) 

SEE RELIGION 

HEBREW (HEBR) 

SEE RELIGION 

SPANISH (SPAN) 

A major consists of 32 semester hours of 
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above. One 
course must focus on literature from Spain and 
one course must focus on literature from 
Spanish America. Eight semester hours must 
be at the 400 level. Students who wish to be 
certified for secondary teaching must com- 
plete the major with at least a 3.00 GPA and 
pass SPAN 221, 222, 311, 418 and ELL 338 
(the latter with a grade of "B" or better). 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: SPAN 
221, 222, 311. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: SPAN 325, 418. 

Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 221 or 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must con- 
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 1 2 
hours of which must be numbered 200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding. 



reading and writing with a view to building 
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION, REVIEW, 
AND COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a variety 
of subjects in conjunction with contemporary 
readings. Includes in-depth grammar review. 
Designed to provide greater breadth and fluency 
in spoken and written Spanish. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 112 or equivalent. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to the Spanish- 
speaking people — their values, customs and 
institutions, with reference to the geographic 
and historical forces governing present-day 
Spain and Spanish America. Prerequisite: SPAN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or literary 
topics concerning the Spanish-speaking world. 
Possible topics or genres include: Latin American 
short stories; modem Spanish theatre; Latin 
American women writers; Chicano literature. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of the 
instructor. Can be repeated once for credit. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 
AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with impor- 
tant periods of Spanish literature, representative 
authors, and major socio-economic developments. 
The course deals with the literature from the 
Middle Ages to the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish-American litera- 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^m 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES • HISTORY 



ture, representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals 
with the literature, especially the essay and 
poetry, from the 16th century to the present. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written Spanish. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, and translation. Pre- 
requisite: One SPAN course at the 300 's level 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

424 

SPANISH LITERATURE 
OF THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and principal 
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama 
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor. 

426 

MODERN HISPANIC LITERATURE 

Readings of important works of drama, 
poetry, and prose from the major periods of 
the 19th and 20th century Spanish and Latin- 
American literature. Prerequisite: SPAN 323 
and 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modem novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR DEPART- 
MENTAL HONORS (See index) 




HISTORY (HIST) 

Professors: Larson, Piper 

Associate Professor: Morris (Chairperson) 

Visiting Assistant Professor: Witwer 

A major consists of 1 courses, including HIST 
110, 111, and 449. At least seven courses must 
be taken in the department. The following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: AMST200,PSCI221 and 
439, REL 226 and 228. Other appropriate 
courses outside the department may be counted 
upon departmental approval. For history 
majors who student teach in history, the major 
consists of nine courses. In addition to the 
courses listed below, special courses, indepen- 
dent study, and honors are available. Special 
courses recently taught and anticipated include 
a biographical study of European Monarchs, 
the European Left, the Industrialization and 
Urbanization of Modem Europe, Utopian 
Movements in America , the Peace Movement 
in America, The Vietnam War, and American 
Legal History. History majors are encouraged 
to participate in the intemship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 90. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
may be offered as such: HIST 120, 140, 230, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



240. 3 1 0. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: HIST 2 1 8, 230, 443, 
449. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Department 
of History. The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American history: HIST 
1 25, 1 26, and three courses in American history 
numbered 200 and above (HIST 1 20 and/or 3 1 
may be substituted.) A minor in European 
history requires the completion of HIST 1 10, 
1 1 1 and three courses in European history 
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in 
History (without national or geographical 
designation), a student must complete six 
courses in history, of which three must be 
chosen from HIST 1 10, 1 1 1, 125, and 126 and 
three must be history courses numbered 200 
and above. 

110 

EUROPE 1500-1815 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1500 to 1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE 1815-PRESENT 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1 8 1 5 to the present. 

120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, the 
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial 
policy, the independence movements, and the 
development of modem institutions and gov- 
ernments in Latin America. Alternate years. 



125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1 60 1 - 1 877 

A study of the men. measures, and movements 
which have been significant in the development 
of the United States between 1607 and 1 877. 
Attention is paid to the problems of minority 
groups as well as to majority and national 
influences. 

126 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1 877-PRESENT 

A study of men, measures, and movements 
which have been significant in the development 
of the United States since 1877. Attention is paid 
to the problems of minority groups as well as to 
majority and national influences. 

140 

SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY 

A comprehensive overview of Asian history 
with emphasis on those Pacific Rim countries 
which have greatest current impact on political 
and economic development in the United 
States. Alternate Years. 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, including 
the foundations of the western tradition in 
Greece, the emergence and expansion of the 
Roman state, its experience as a republic, and 
its transformation into the Empire. The course 
will focus on the social and intellectual life of 
Greece and Rome as well as political and 
economic changes. Alternate years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS 

The history of Europe from the dissolution of 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th century. The 
course will deal with the growing estrangement 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and 
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of 
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation; 
the development and growth of feudalism; the 
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of the 
towns. Alternate years. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



216 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revolu- 
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results of 
the Napoleonic conquests and administration. 
Prerequisite: HIST 1 10 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
from 1900-1945. Topics include the rise of 
irrationalism, the origins of the First World 
War, the Communist and Fascist Revolutions, 
and the attempts to preserve peace before 
1939. Prerequisite: HIST 11 1 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural history of Europe since 1945. 
Topics include the post-war economic recovery 
of Europe, the Sovietization of Eastern Europe, 
the origins of the Cold War, decolonization, 
and the flowering of the welfare state. Prereq- 
uisite: HIST 111 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

HISTORY OF WORLD WAR II 

A comprehensive examination of World War 
II, emphasizing the effects of ideological, eco- 
nomic, and political forces on the formulation of 
military strategy and the conduct of operation; 
the nature and extent of the expansion of gov- 
ernment powers; and the experience of war from 
the perspective of ordinary civilians and milit- 
ary alike. Does not count toward distribution. 

116 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on 
the American continent, their history as 
colonies, the causes and events of the Ameri- 
can Revolution, the critical period following 



independence, and proposal and adoption of the 
United States Constitution. Alternate years. 

230 

AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participation 
of Afro-Americans in the United States. The 
course includes historical experiences such as 
slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and urbaniza- 
tion. It also raises the issue of the development 
and growth of white racism, and the effect of this 
racism on contemporary Afro-American social, 
intellectual, and political life. Alternate years. 

240 

MODERN CHINA 

This course will explore the social, political 
and cultural changes in China since the early 19th 
Century. Particular attention will be given to the 
Communist Revolution and the developments in 
China since Mao's death. Alternate years. 

244 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 

This course begins with the Progressive Era and 
includes the political, economic, and social 
developments in the 20th century. Emphasis will 
be placed on the domestic and international 
demands which have faced the United States in 
the period following World War II. 

247 

ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA 

A history of organized crime in America from 
the Gilded Age to the present. This course 
explores the rise of organized crime and its ties 
to the urban political machines as well as the 
segregated vice districts of Nineteenth Century 
America. Students study the rise of the Mafia in 
the Twentieth Century along with other ethni- 
cally based criminal groups. Much of the course 
centers on the role that organized crime has 
played in American society through such 
activities as labor racketeering, organized 
gambling, and smuggling. The course also 
explores different law enforcement efforts 
mounted against organized crime over time, 
culminating with the most recent use of broad 
conspiracy laws. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



310 

WOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
economic and intellectual experience of 
women in the Western World from ancient 
times to the present. 

316 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 
An in-depth study of the changing nature 
of war and its relationship to the development 
of Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the development 
of the modern nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the European- 
states system and the relations between the 
European states since the beginning of the 
French Revolution. Prerequisite: HIST 111 or 
consent ofinstructor. Alternate years. 

322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 
NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from 
the revolutions of 1 848 through the unification 
of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 

328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence 
of the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modem America. The personalities of 
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John 
Randolph, Aaron Bun, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special considera- 
tion is given to the first and second party 
systems, the decline in community cohesive- 



ness, the westward movement, and the growing 
importance of the family as a unit of social 
organization. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, the 
political and military history of the war, and the 
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877. 

340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES RELIGION 
The study of historical and cultural develop- 
ments in American society which relate to 
religion or what is commonly called religion. 
This involves consideration of the institutional 
and intellectual development of several faith 
groups as well as discussion of certain prob- 
lems, such as the persistence of religious 
bigotry and the changing modes of church-state 
relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but which 
are historically related to its inception, and of 
the ideas and systems of ideas involved in the 
formulation of the major Reformation Protestant 
traditions, and in the Catholic Reformation. 
Included are the ideas of the humanists of the 
Reformation Era. Alternate years. 

418 

HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT 

A study of the classical, humanist, and 
scholastic elements involved in the develop- 
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and 
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe. 
The various combinations of social and political 
circumstances which constitute the historical 
context of these intellectual developments will 
be noted. Alternate years. 

442 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877 
A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from its colonial 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY • INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



antecedents through reconstruction. Among 
the topics considered are Puritanism, Tran- 
scendentalism, community Hfe and organiza- 
tion, education, and social reform movements. 
Prerequisites: Two courses from HIST 125, 
126, 230: or consent of instructor. 

443 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877 

A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from recon- 
struction to the present day. Among the topics 
considered are social Darwinism, pragmatism, 
community life and organization, education 
and social reform movements. Prerequisite: 
Two courses from HIST 125, 126, 230: or 
consent of instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
meaning of history. It will open to the student 
different historical approaches and will 
provide the opportunity to explore these 
approaches in terms of particular topics and 
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this 
course in either their junior or senior year. 
The course is open to other students who have 
two courses in history or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
government agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Recent topics include studies of the 
immigration of American blacks, political 
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian 
relations before the American Revolution, and 
the history of Lycoming County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




INSTITUTE FOR 

MANAGEMENT 
STUDIES (IMS) AND 
MANAGEMENT 
SCHOLARS 
PROGRAM 

Associate Professor: Madresehee (Director) 
The purpose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni- 
ties for students majoring or minoring in 
accounting, business administration, or econom- 
ics. It does this by offering an expanded intern- 
ship program, special seminars on important 
management topics, student involvement in 
faculty research and professional projects, 
executive development seminars, and a Manage- 
ment Scholars program for academically 
talented students (described below). In addition. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



the IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on 
current management issues. 

All students who have a declared major or 
minor in accounting, business administration, 
or economics and who are in good academic 
standing are automatically members of the 
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or 
permit other students to join the IMS who do 
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen 
who have not yet declared a major or minor. 

210 

MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR 
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar under 
the direction of the IMS faculty. A different 
interdisciplinary topic relevant to students in 
all three IMS departments is offered at least 
once a year. May be repeated for credit. 
Completion of two semesters required by the 
Management Scholars Program. One-quarter 
unit of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Management Scholars Program or 
consent of IMS Director. 

340 

MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY 

A practicum in which students work as 
interns for businesses, government agencies 
and nonprofit organizations in the 
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva- 
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington, 
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and 
research assignments vary by the credit value 
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to 
the numbers of available placements. Most 
internships are full-time paid positions, 
although part-time and unpaid positions are 
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester 
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Institute for Management Studies cmd 
consent of the Director. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 16 credits. 



IMS Scholars Program 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student must 
satisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one 
or more of the IMS departments. 
However, the IMS Director may invite 
or permit other students to join the 
Management Scholars Program who 
do not meet this criterion, such as 
freshmen who have not yet declared a 
major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.00 or higher, 
or exhibit strong academic potential if 
the student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar 
Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or 
minor in one of the three IMS 
departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.00 or higher 
in both overall college work, and 
within an IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar 
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
nary topic of relevance to students in all three 
IMS departments. The seminars are normally 
offered as one semester-hour courses and do 
not result in overload charges for full-time 
students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become 
Management Scholars and participate in 
both programs. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 




INTERNATIONAL 

STUDIES (INST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

The major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, poUtical, 
and historical environment of Europe today 
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest 
of the world, particularly the United States. It 
stresses the international relations of the North 
Atlantic community and offers the student 
opportunity to emphasize either European 
studies or international relations. The 
program provides multiple perspectives on the 
cultural traits that shape popular attitudes and 
institutions. Study of a single country is 
included as a data-base for comparisons, and 
study of its language as a basis for direct 
communication with its people. 

The program is intended to prepare a student 
either for graduate study or for careers which 
have an international component. International 



obligations are increasingly assumed by gov- 
ernment agencies and a wide range of business, 
social, religious, and educational organizations. 
Opportunities are found in the fields of journal- 
ism, publishing, communications, trade, bank- 
ing, advertising, management, and tourism. The 
program also offers flexible career preparation 
in a variety of essential skills, such as research, 
data analysis, report writing, language skills, 
and the awareness necessary for dealing with 
people and institutions of another culture. 
Preparation for related careers can be obtained 
through the guided selection of courses outside 
the major in the areas of business, economics, 
foreign languages and literatures, government, 
history, and international relations or through a 
second major. Students should design their 
programs in consultation with members of the 
Committee on International Studies. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 90. By completing a major in the 
foreign languages (five or more courses) and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



the education program, students can be certified 
to teach that language. 

The International Studies program also 
encourages participation in study abroad 
programs such as programs at Westminster 
College in Oxford, England, as well as the 
Washington and United Nations semesters. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: INST 449. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

The major consists of 1 1 courses including 
INST 449 plus the following: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this 
group are designed to provide a basic under- 
standing of the international system and of 
Europe's relations with the rest of the world. 
PSCI 225 is required. 

PSCI 225 International Relations 

ECON 343 International Trade 

HIST 320 European Diplomatic History 

PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and eco- 
nomic environment. HIST 1 1 1 and ECON 
240 are required. 

HIST 1 1 1 Europe 1 8 1 5-Present 
ECON 240 Economic Geography 
PSCI 22 1 Comparative Politics and 

Geography 
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe 



National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 228) 

GERM 221, plus one course numbered 222 

or above 

SPAN 22 1 . plus one course numbered 222 or 

above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which will 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 

France FRN 228 Modem France 

Germany HIST N80 Topics in 

German History 
Spain SPAN 3 1 1 Hispanic Culture 

Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
program. Appropriate courses are any area or 
international relations courses not yet taken; 
HIST 1 10, 3 16; PSCI 326, 438; related foreign 
literature courses counting toward the fine arts 
requirement and internships. 

449 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
senior year, in which students and several 
faculty members will pursue an integrative 
topic in the field of international studies. 
Students will work to some extent indepen- 
dently. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
seminar will be open to qualified persons 
from outside the major and the College. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



LITERATURE • MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



LITERATURE (lit) 

Associate Professor: Maples (Coordinator) 

This major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 
200 and above in English and 400 and above 
in foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent 
study, may have as its subject another period, 
a particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. 
Beyond these six, the major must include at 
least two additional courses from among those 
counting toward a major in the departments 
involved. Any prerequisite courses in the 
respective departments (for example: ENGL 
106, FRN 221-222 or 228, GERM 221-222, 
SPAN 221-222) should be taken during the 
freshman year. Students should design their 
programs in consultation with a faculty 
member from each of the literatures con- 
cerned. Programs for the major must be 
approved by the departments involved. 








LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, Sprechini 
Assistant Professors: DeSilva, 

Golshan (Chairperson), Peluso, Weida 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Sutherland 
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, 

Davis 

The Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers major and minor programs in 
computer science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

A major in computer science consists of 1 1 
courses: MATH 116; either MATH 109 or 128; 
eitherMATH 112, 129, or 130; CPTR 125,246, 
247, 344, 445 , and three other computer science 
courses numbered 220 or above including 
approved internships, or MATH 338. Students 
considering graduate work in computer science 
should take both MATH 1 29 and 1 30. Recom- 
mended extra-departmental courses: PHIL 225 
and PS Y 3 37 . In addition to the regular courses 
listed below, special courses are occasionally 
available. 

Students interested in computer science are 
strongly recommended to take CPTR 1 25 and 

I 1 998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



ENGL 1 06 in the fall semester of their freshman 
year so that they can take CPTR 246(W) in the 
following spring semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: CPTR 246, 344. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
MATH 1 16, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two 
other computer science courses numbered 220 
or above. 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a 
single file, in the MS-DOS environment. 
One-half unit of credit. This course may not 
be used to meet distribution requirements. 

108 

MATHEMATICAL PROBLEM-SOLVING 
WITH MICROCOMPUTERS 

An introduction to the use of microcom- 
puter-based, integrated software in solving 
problems from mathematics and related areas. 
Included are uses of spreadsheet, database and 
graphics functions to analyze, solve, and 
display solutions to problems from the areas 
of number theory, algebra, geometry, statis- 
tics, and the mathematics of business and 
finance. Emphasis is given to the processes 
involved in mathematical modeling. Labora- 
tory experience is included using current 
software. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemp- 
tion from MATH 1 00. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to programming utilizing a 
block-structured high-level programming 
language. Topics include algorithms, program 
structure, and computer configuration. 



Laboratory experience is included. 
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from 
MATH 100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES OF 
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
including structured programming, stepwise 
refinement, assertion proving, style, debug- 
ging, control structures, decision tables, finite 
state machines, recursion, and encoding. 
Utilities most recently used include SVS 
Pascal, the UNIX operating system, C, and 
Shell programming. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C or better in CPTR 125. 

247 

DATA STRUCTURES 

Representation of data and algorithms 
associated with data structures. Topics 
include representation of lists, trees, graphs 
and strings, algorithms for searching and 
sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C or better 
in CPTR 246 or consent of instructor. 
Corequisite: MATH 116. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximation of roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion, 
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 strongly 
recommended. Cross-listed as MATH 321. 

344 

MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of machine language program- 
ming; computer organization and representa- 
tion of numbers, strings, arrays, and list 
structures at the machine level; interrupt 
programming, relocatable code, linking load- 
ers; interfacing with operating systems. Pre- 
requisite: A grade ofC or better in CPTR 246; 
CPTR 247 strongly recommended. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics iiardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional objects. 
Laboratory exercises will be designed to explore 
the capabilities of the graphics system and to 
test the students' understanding of the 
principles discussed in class. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 246 and either CPTR 247 or consent of 
instructor; MATH 130 recommended. Alter- 
nate years. 

349 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

External storage structures, hashed files, 
indexed files; relational, network, and 
hierarchical data models; relational algebra 
and the relational calculus; design theory for 
relational databases; query optimization; 
concurrent operations; database protection. 
Prerequisite: CPTR 247. Alternate years. 

445 

SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING 

The emphasis in this course is on the 
algorithms used in programming the various 
parts of a computer system. These parts 
include assemblers, loaders, editors, interrupt 
processors, input/output schedulers, processor 
and job schedulers, and memory managers. 
Prerequisite: CPTR 247 and 344. 

446 

COMPILER CONSTRUCTION 

The emphasis in this course is on the 
construction of translators for programming 
languages. Topics include lexical analysis, 
block structure, grammars, parsing, program 
representation, and run-time organization. 
Prerequisite: CPTR 247. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

MATHEMATICS (MATH) 

A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit 
courses in the mathematical sciences and four 
semesters of non-credit colloquia: CPTR 125, 
MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 434, and 
two other mathematics courses numbered 220 
or above, one of which may be replaced by 
MATH 112, 1 16, or 214. Majors are required 
to attend the colloquia during their junior and 
senior years (MATH 339 and 449 respec- 
tively). See the course description for further 
information regarding the colloquium require- 
ment. Students who are interested in pursuing 
a career in actuarial science should consider 
the actuarial mathematics major. 

Students seeking secondary teacher certifi- 
cation in mathematics are required to com- 
plete MATH 330, 336, and one from 103, 214 
or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL 217. 
Also, all majors are advised to elect PHIL 
225, 333 and PHYS 1 16, 225, 226. Other 
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10, 
138; EDUC 200, and EDUC 446, 447, 449. 

In addition to the regular courses listed below, 
special courses are occasionally available. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: MATH 234. Stu- 
dents must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of MATH 
1 28, 1 29, 234, 238, and two additional courses 
numbered 200 or above, one of which may be 
replaced with MATH 130. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



e 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 
A self-paced study of arithmetic and 
decimals, fractions, the real number line, 
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic 
equations, graphs of linear and quadratic 
functions, expressions with rational exponents, 
algebraic functions, exponential functions, and 
inequalities. This course is limited to students 
placed therein by the Mathematics Depart- 
ment. One-half unit of credit. 

103 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical 
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous 
probability distributions. Central Limit 
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses 
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests, 
nonparametric tests, linear regression and 
correlation. Other topics may include index 
numbers, time series, sampling design, and 
experimental design. Course also includes 
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of counting 
problems. Topics include permutations, 
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
nature of the subject allows questions to be 
posed in everyday language while still 
developing sophisticated mathematical 
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from MATH 100. 

109 

APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

An intuitive approach to the calculus 
concepts with applications to business, 
biology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed MATH 



128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption fron 

MATH 100. 

112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 

FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, social 
sciences, and operations research. The course 
will include both deterministic models such as 
graphs, networks, linear programming and voting 
models, and probabilistic models such as Markov 
chains and games. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemptionfrom MA TH 1 00. 

116 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, partitions 
and quotient sets, mathematical induction, 
recursive functions, elementary logic, discrete 
number systems, elementary combinatorial 
theory, and general algebraic structures 
emphasizing semi-groups, groups, lattices, 
Boolean algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequi- 
site: CPTR 125 or consent of instructor. 

127 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (MATH 1 28- 1 29), 
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose 
major specifically requires Precalculus. Pre- 
requisite: Credit for or exemptionfrom 
MATH 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH 
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I - II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and 
their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external prob- 
lems, areas of plane regions, volumes of solids 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



of revolution, and other applications; differen- 
tiation and integration of transcendental 
functions, parametric equations, polar coordi- 
nates, infinite sequences and series, and series 
expansions of functions. Prerequisite for 128: 
Exemption from or a grade ofC or better in 
MATH 127. Prerequisite for 129: exemption 
from or a grade ofC or better in MATH 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of 
linear mappings. The fixed point problem. 
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite: 
MATH 127 or its equivalent. 

205 

MATHEMATICS IN 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary school teachers and is required of 
all those seeking elementary certification. 
Topics include systems of numbers and 
numeration, computational algorithms, 
environmental and transformation geometry, 
measurement, and mathematical concept 
formation. Observation and participation in 
Greater Williamsport elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: PSY 338 and credit for or 
exemption from MATH 100. Corequisite: 
Any EDUC course numbered 341 or above 
which is specifically required for elementary^ 
certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involv- 
ing several variables. Topics include multiple 
regression and correlation, one-and two-way 
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, 
analysis of two- and three-way contingency 
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 



may include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
and canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
ric methods. Course also includes extensive 
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade ofC or better in MATH 
103 or its equivalent, or MATH 332. 

231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetermined 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: 
A grade ofC or better in MATH 129; MATH 
130 recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238. 
Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a bridge 
from elementary calculus to advanced courses 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade 
ofC or better in MATH 129 or 130; both 
courses recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in 
multidimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, 
matrices; lines, planes, curves, surfaces; 
vector functions of a single variable, accelera- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



tion, curvature; functions for several variables, 
gradient; line integrals, vector fields, multiple 
integrals, change of variable, areas, volumes; 
Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A grade of 
C or better in MATH 129, and either MATH 
130 or 231. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver- 
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi- 
site: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 
strongly recommended. Cross-listed as 
CPTR 321. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry with an historical perspective. 
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, 
test of hypotheses, regression and linear 
hypotheses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years. 

336 

CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

A course designed for mathematics majors 
who are planning to teach at the secondary 
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe- 
matics that form the foundation of secondary 
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to 
familiarize the student with the various 
curriculum proposals, to provide for innova- 
tion within the existing curriculum, and to 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



expand the boundaries of the existing 
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC or 
better in MATH 129; student must be junior or 
senior mathematics major enrolled in the 
secondary certification program. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera- 
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi- 
site: MATH 1 12 or 130. Alternate years. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: 
topology of the Euclidean plane, complete- 
ness, compactness, the Heine-Borel theorem; 
functions on Euclidean space, continuity, 
uniform continuity, differentiability; series 
and convergence; Riemann integral. Pre- 
requisite: MATH 238 and a grade of C or 
better in MATH 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: MATH 
130 and a grade ofC or better in MATH 234. 

438 

SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students with 
more than the usual opportunity for concen- 
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE 



339 & 449 

MATH COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
junior and senior mathematics and actuarial 
mathematics majors offers students a chance 
to hear presentations on topics related to. but 
not directly covered in formal MATH courses. 
Mathematics majors are required to attend 
colloquia each semester of their junior (339) 
and senior (449) years. Actuarial mathematics 
majors are required to attend colloquia any 
two semesters of their junior and senior years. 
Mathematics majors must present two lectures, 
one during the junior year and one during the 
senior year. Actuarial mathematics majors 
present one lecture during one of the semes- 
ters in which they are enrolled. A letter grade 
will be given in semesters in which the 
student gives a presentation, otherwise the 
grade will be P/F. Seniors are strongly 
encouraged to give their presentations during 
the fall semester. Mathematics majors 
applying for the professional semester in 
education are required to give their first 
presentation before the eighth week of the fall 
semester of their junior year, and the second 
presentation before the eighth week of the fall 
semester of their senior year. With Depart- 
mental approval, mathematics majors will be 
required to take three semesters of 339 or 449; 
such approval is granted only in extraordinary 
circumstances and will require the student to 
give one presentation in each of the three 
semesters. One hour per week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 





.^^ 

^ *> 






m 
M 

1 


III! 




A^^A 


Wk^.^ 1 


■1 1 


i 







MILITARY 
SCIENCE (MLsc) 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to 
Lycoming College students in cooperation 
with Bucknell University. The introductory 
courses are taught on Lycoming's campus and 
the program provides transportation to 
Bucknell University for the advanced courses. 
Details of the ROTC program can be found on 
page 41. 

Oil 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and with the 
Army as a potential employer after graduation. 
Students will learn about the Army's history, 
organization, equipment, and role in the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MILITARY SCIENCE 

• 



nation. Students will also learn some funda- 
mental military skills, customs, and traditions. 
No credit. 

012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills learned 
in the previous semester. Several classes will 
be held at the rifle range to develop marks- 
manship skills. There will also be training in 
radio communication and first aid skills. No 
credit. 

021 

LAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. The 
course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map terrain 
association. There will also be some instruc- 
tion and practice in military writing and 
briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept, 
personal character, decision-making, imple- 
menting decisions, motivation and supervi- 
sion. The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 



032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in the 
ROTC organization and plans and organizes 
several major training activities. Course work 
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting 
objectives, making leadership assessments, 
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply 
the skills learned in the previous semester. 
The course also examines military officership 
as a profession and the ethical behavior 
expected of an officer. The course also serves 
to prepare the student for an initial assignment 
as an Army lieutenant. No credit. 




1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 




MUSIC (Mus) 



Professor: Boerckel (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Thayer 
Assistant Professor: Janda 
Part-time Instructors: Bailey, Burke, 
Campbell, Comegys, Decker, Grube, Lakey, 
Leidhecker, Mullen, Russell, Sarch, Stake 
The student majoring in music is required 
to take a balanced program of music theory, 
history, applied music, and ensemble. A 
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all 
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and 
vocal methods courses) is required and must 
include MUS 1 10, 11 1, 220, 221, 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the 
entire period in which the individual is 
registered as a music major (see MUS 160- 
169). The major must include at least one-half 
hour of piano in the applied program unless a 
piano proficiency test is requested and passed. 
Anyone declaring music as a second major 
must do so by the beginning of the junior year. 
Music majors seeking teacher certification in 
music education (K- 1 2) must also take PS Y 
1 1 and 1 38; EDUC 200, the pre-student 
teaching participation, and the Professional 
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341, 
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina- 
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification 
in music education should consult with the 



department as soon as possible, preferably 
before scheduling classes for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
non-majors select courses from the following 
list to meet distribution requirements: MUS 
116, 117, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied 
music and ensemble courses may also be used 
to meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
majors and other students qualified in perfor- 
mance may present formal recitals. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: MUS 
116, 128, 234. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: MUS 336. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

110-111 

MUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for students 
who have some music-reading ability, which 
examines the fundamental components and 
theoretical concepts of music. Students develop 
musicianship through application of applied 
skills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110. 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and tech- 
niques of music. Examples drawn from various 
periods of western and non-western styles are 
designed to enhance perception and apprecia- 
tion through careful and informed listening. 

117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the 
present. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader 
culture of each major era. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 

• 



128 

AMERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of Ameri- 
can music from pre-Revolutionary days to the 
present. Categories to be covered are folk music 
of different origins, the development of show 
music into Broadway musicals, serious concert 
music for large and small ensembles, jazz, and 
various popular musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to 
Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
MUS 136: MUS 135 or consent of instructor. 
One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for THEA 
135-136 or THEA 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets de 
cour of 1 7th century France to the present with 
emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, Fokien, 
Cecchetti,andBalanchine. One-half unit of 
credit. Not open to students who have received 
credit for THEA 137 or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: MUS 137 or consent of 
instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not open 
to students who have received credit for 
THEA 137 or 138. 

220-221 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111. 



224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz- 
ers in combination with sequencing computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or 
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS 
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 
or THEA 235-236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and non- 
majors who wish to explore their composing 
abilities. Guided individual projects in smaller 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



instrumental and vocal forms, together with 
identification and use of techniques employed 
by the major composers of the 20th century. 
Prerequisite: MUS 111 or consent of instructor. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequent 
opportunity for practical experience. Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical development, 
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity. 
Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expressive, 
and informed conducting. Other areas such as 
the development of rehearsal techniques and 
improvement of aural skills will be addressed on 
a continual basis. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 
or consent ofinstructor. Alternate years. 

335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras. 

336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman- 
tic, and modem eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modem orchestral instmments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instmmen- 
tation. The College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



340 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Methods and materials of teaching music in 
the elementary school with emphasis on concep- 
tual development through singing, moving, 
listening, playing classroom instruments, and 
creating music. Course work will include peer 
teaching demonstrations, practical use of the 
recorder and autoharp, as well as observation of 
music classes in elementary schools in the 
Greater Williamsport area. Alternate years. 

341 

TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY 
SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music in 
the secondary schools with emphasis on the 
development of concepts and skills for effective 
instmction in all aspects of music learning. The 
teaching of general music and music theory, as 
well as the organizing and conducting of choral 
and instmmental ensembles, will be examined. 
Course work will include evaluation of 
instmctional and performance materials, 
practical use of the recorder and guitar in 
middle school settings, as well as observation 
of music classes in secondary schools in the 
Greater Williamsport area. Alternate years. 

440 

COMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
style of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instrumental and vocal forms, 
together with analysis of selected works from 
the 20th century repertory. Pre-requisite: MUS 
330 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 

The intensive study of a selected area of 
music literature, designed to develop research 
techniques in music. The topic is announced at 
the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 

• 



1900-1914. Prerequisite: M US 116, 1 17 or 
221; or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi- 
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160- 
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart- 
ment. May be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

The study of performance in piano, harpsi- 
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to 
develop sound technique and a knowledge of 
the appropriate literature for the instrument. 
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 

Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One half- 
hour lesson per week earns one half-hour credit. 
Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if the 
student enrolls for one or two ensembles (for 
more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be 
substituted for an academic course, but should 
be taken in addition to the normal four aca- 
demic courses. 

Extra fees apply for private lessons (MUS 1 60- 
1 66) as follows: $ 1 75 per semester for a half- 
hour lesson per week. $350 per semester for a 
one hour lesson per week. Private lessons are 

1 W8-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



given for 13 weeks. 160 Piano or Harpsichord, 
161 Voice, 162 Strings or Guitar, 1630rgan, 164 
Brass, 165 Woodwinds, 166 Percussion. 

167 

ORCHESTRAL ENSEMBLE 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this regional 
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is 
contingent upon audition and the availability of 
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in orchestra only should 
register for MUS 167B (one hour credit). A 
student may belong to two ensembles, choosing 
either Choir or Concert Band as the second 
group. Such a student will then register for MUS 
1 67 A ( 1 /2 hour credit) plus either MUS 1 68 A 
( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 1 69A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHORAL ENSEMBLE (CHOIR) 

Participation in the College Choir is designed 
to enable any student possessing at least average 
talent an opportunity to study choral technique. 
Emphasis is placed upon acquaintance with 
choral literature, tone production, diction, and 
phrasing. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in Choir only should 
register for MUS 168B (one hour credit). A 
student may belong to two ensembles, choosing 
either Orchestra or Concert Band as the second 
group. Such a student will then register for MUS 
168A (1/2 hourcredit) plus either MUS 167A(1/ 
2 hour credit) or MUS 169A( 1/2 hour credit). If a 
student has auditioned and been selected for the 
twenty- voice Chamber Choir (no credit 
available), he/she should register for MUS 1 68C. 

169 

CONCERT BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and develop 
personal musicianship through partici-pation in 
group instrumental activity. Students are allowed 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC • NEAR EAST CULTURE AND ARCHAEOLOGY 







;■*'"' 


•'/' i-*-^^. 


||r> 




^^^^^ 


^^puT^tes 


ii^ 


..-.M ..-i ■^.... 


' 







a maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in Band 
only should register for MUS 169B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two en- 
sembles, choosing either Orchestra or Choir as 
the second group. Such a student will then 
register for MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 
168 A ( 1/2 hour credit). If a student has 
auditioned and been selected for the wood- 
wind or brass quintets (no credit available), 
he/she should register for MUS 169C or 169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL METHODS 
Instrumental and vocal methods classes are 
designed to provide students seeking certifica- 
tion in music education with a basic under- 
standing of all standard band and orchestral 
instruments as well as a familiarity with 
fundamental techniques of singing. 

MUS 261 Brass Methods (one hour credit) 

MUS 262 Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 
MUS 265 Vocal Methods (one hour credit) 
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 



NEAR EAST 
CULTURE AND 
ARCHAEOLOGY 

Professor: Guerra (Coordinator) 

The Near East culture and archaeology 
interdisciplinary major is designed to acquaint 
students with the "cradle of Western civiliza- 
tion," both in its ancient and modem aspects. 
Majors will complete a minimum of eight to 
ten courses related to the Near East. 

Required courses are described in their 
departmental sections and include: 

1. Four courses in language and culture from: 
REL 228 History and Culture of the 

Ancient Near East 
ART 222 History of Art 
HIST 2 1 Ancient History 
REL 1 13 Old Testament Faith and History 
REL 224 Judaism and Islam 
Two semesters of foreign language 
HEBR 101-102, or GRK 101-102 

2. Two courses in archaeology from: 
REL 226, Biblical Archaeology, or 
special archaeology courses, such as 
independent studies or May or summer 
terms in the Near East. 

3 . Two courses in the cooperating departments 
(art, history , political science, religion and 

sociology-anthropology) or related depart- 
ments. These two courses, usually taken in the 
juniororsenioryears,canbeindependent 
study. Topics shouldberelatedeitherto the 
ancient orthemodemNearEastand must be 
approved in advance by the committee 
supervising the interdisciplinary program. The 
study ofmodem Arabic or Hebrew is 
encouraged. 

Other courses may be suggested by the 
supervisory committee within the hmits of a 10- 
course major. The number of courses taken 
within this program applicable toward fulfilling 
the College distribution requirements will vary 
according to the selection of courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 




NURSING (NURS) 

Professor: Pagana 

Associate Professor: Parrish (Chairperson), 
Assistant Professor: Ficca 
Instructors: Anderer, Lauver, Slotleski-Krum 
Visiting Instructors: Hartung, Ingram, Painter, 
Part-time Instructors: Hepburn-Smith, Hoy, 
Maloney, Sawyer, Terry-Manchester 

Students wishing to major in nursing will be 
admitted to the College under the usual admis- 
sion procedures. Freshmen are required to 
satisfactorily complete ENGL 106 or 107, BIO 
110-111 and PSY 110. In addition, to be 
considered for continuation in nursing, a 
minimum GPA of 2.50 is required at completion 
of the freshman year, and any student who did 
not successfully complete high school chemis- 
try must satisfactorily complete one semester 
of college chemistry. A declaration of major 
form should be submitted to the Department of 
Nursing by April 30 of the Freshman year. 

Major in Nursing 

The major in nursing consists of: NURS 
120, 121, 200. 221, 324, 330, 331, 332, 333, 
337, 338, 339, 340, 424; 432 and 433, or 435; 
438, 439, 440, 441, and 442. Statistics also is 
required. Courses are ordered and must be 
taken in sequence. In addition, the following 
are prerequisites for specific nursing courses: 
BIO 1 10, 1 1 1. 323, 328; PSY 1 10. NURS 339 
and 340 are taken the May Term between the 
junior and senior years. 



The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: NURS 221 and 435. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Second Degree Students 

The Department of Nursing offers a unique 
opportunity for individuals who have already 
earned a baccalaureate degree in another 
discipline to complete the requirements for a 
B.S.N, in 18 months. Students interested in 
pursuing this FasTrack program must complete 
the liberal arts and general science requirements 
prior to beginning this 18 month clinical track. 

Applications are accepted throughout the 
academic year with clinical nursing courses 
beginning in Summer Session I. Individual- 
ized advisement is available on an ongoing 
basis through the Department of Nursing. 

Registered Nurses 

The Department of Nursing offers an 
alternative curriculum for registered nurses 
within the existing B.S.N, program. The goals 
of this alternative curriculum are to provide 
registered nurses with the opportunity to earn 
an educationally sound B.S.N, degree while 
completing the degree requirements in as short 
a time period as possible, and to meet the 
unique needs of registered nurses. NURS 302 
is open only to registered nurses and is 
required as part of the alternative curriculum. 

The Department of Nursing supports the 
Pennsylvania Articulation Model which 
promotes the practice of providing educational 
programs for nurses from state approved and 
National League for Nursing accredited 
schools which facilitates progression into the 
next educational program without unnecessary 
repetition. Validation testing (ACT PEP 
exams, Mosby Assess Test, or NLN Mobility 
Exams) will be required for ( 1 ) individuals 
who graduated from any nursing program 
more than 10 years prior to application, (2) 
individuals who graduated more than 3 years 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



prior to application and who have not worked 
at least 1000 hours in the preceding 3 years, 
or (3) individuals who graduated from non- 
NLN accredited nursing programs. 

RNs from an NLN accredited program who 
graduated within 3 years of matriculating into 
the B.S.N, program and RNs who graduated 
from an NLN accredited program more than 3 
but not more than 10 years before matriculat- 
ing into the B.S.N, program and who have 
worked for at least 1000 hours within the last 
three years will receive transfer credit for 
NURS 200 (1 credit), 221 (3 credits), 330, 
331, 332, 333, 337, 338, 340, and 440 upon 
successful completion of NURS 441, Compre- 
hensive Nursing Care. 

To obtain the B.S.N., all RNs will be 
required to successfully complete NURS 302, 
339, 424; 432 and 433. or 435; 438, 439, 441, 
and 442. In addition, RNs will be required to 
take any 4 science courses chosen from 
CHEM 108 or higher, BIO 1 10 or higher, 
PHYS 225 or higher, or other courses ap- 
proved by the Department of Nursing upon 
evaluation of a student's transcript. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking the B.S.N is available from the 
Department of Nursing. Individual advising is 
offered to all registered nurses. 

School Nurse Certification 

The Department of Nursing, in collaboration 
with the Department of Education, offers an 
additional curriculum for the Registered Nurse 
with a B.S.N, (or a Lycoming College nursing 
student) who wishes to be certified as a school 
nurse. The goal of this program is to provide 
the RN with a B.S.N, an opportunity for career 
mobility. Courses required for completion of 
the certification program consist of EDUC 
200, an approved education-related elective, 
PSY 138, and NURS 422, 423, 424, 430, and 
43 1 . In addition, the following are prerequisites 
for specific courses: PSY 1 10 and 117. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking School Nurse Certification is 
available from the Department of Nursing. 



Individualized advising is offered to all prospec- 
tive School Nurse Candidates. 

Clinical Learning Resources 

In addition to the College's modem, well- 
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with 
Critical Care Unit and interactive video technol- 
ogy, opportunity for self-learning is provided in 
the adjacent Learning Center which is equipped 
with electronic study carrels and audio-visual 
materials. 

A wide variety of health-care agencies in the 
surrounding area is utilized for clinical experi- 
ences. Cooperating hospitals and agencies 
include: Susquehanna Health Services, Evangeli- 
cal Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Leader 
Nursing Home and Rehabilitation Center, 
Danville State Hospital, Pennsylvania Depart- 
ment of Health, Regional Home Health Ser- 
vices, Rose View Manor, and The Williamsport 
Home. 

Expenses of the Nursing Program 

Students are responsible for their own tran- 
sportation to assigned clinical areas. The student 
of nursing assumes all financial obligations 
listed in the section on fees in this bulletin 
including a $50 lab fee for each of the clinical 
nursing courses (NURS 200, 221, 330, 331, 
332, 333, 340, 438, 439, 440, and 441). Addi- 
tional expenses include uniforms, name pin, 
watch with second hand, bandage scissors, 
stethoscope, blood pressure cuff, annual health 
examinations, and standardized achievement tests. 

Students must also maintain annual Health 
Provider CPR certification as offered by the 
American Heart Association or American Red 
Cross. 

Policies Specific to Nursing 

In addition to the Lycoming College continu- 
ance policies, the following policies are specific 
to all declared majors in the Department of 
Nursing: 

1 . A grade of C- or better is required in all 
clinical nursing courses to continue in the 
nursing program. These courses are NURS 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



200, 221, 330, 331, 332, 333, 340, 438, 
439, 440, and 44 1 . Students who earn a 
grade of less than 70 percent or 1 .67 in 
either the theoretical or clinical component 
of a nursing course will be required to 
repeat both components of the course 
before being permitted to continue in the 
nursing sequence. Students who do not 
satisfy this requirement in the second 
attempt will be dismissed from the nursing 
program. 
2. Policies regarding absence from classes or 
from the clinical portion of nursing 
courses are determined by the instructor(s) 
responsible for the course. No absence 
from the clinical portion of the course will 
be excused other than for illness or family 
emergency. In individual cases, students 
may make an^angements with instructors to 
be excused for extracurricular activities. 
Excessive absence for any reason will 
necessitate repeating the entire course. 

Nursing Scholars Program 

The Nursing Scholars Program is a 
departmental honors program designed to 
recognize and support continued development 
of the academically talented student. Students 
who are invited to membership in this 
program participate in special nursing 
seminars, have internships and/or independent 
study experiences and give formal presenta- 
tions during the senior year. 

To be invited to become a Nursing 
Scholar, a student must have: 

a. Declared a major in nursing. 

b. Participated in three activities sponsored 
by the Center for Nursing Excellence 
(CNE). 

c. Demonstrated academic excellence with 
an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher. 

d. Demonstrated those qualities most 
conducive to a positive and contributing 
member of the nursing profession 
including professional commitment and 
community service. 



To graduate as a Nursing Scholar, 
the student must : 

a. Complete an approved internship, 
practicum and/or independent study or 
honors project; 

b. Maintain an overall GPA of 3.25 and a 
nursing GPA of 3.25. 

c. Continue to participate in CNE 
sponsored activities. 

d. Continue to develop those attributes 
necessary for professional success, 
including a commitment to the profession 
and community service. 

Students with a major in nursing and who ar 
currently Lycoming College Scholars may 
become Nursing Scholars and participate in bot 
programs. 

Center for Nursing Excellence 

The Center for Nursing Excellence (CNE) 
provides educational opportunities for Lycomin 
College students as well as health care profes- 
sionals in the greater Williamsport community. 
The CNE offers professional education in the 
form of courses-for-credit and non-credit 
continuing education (CE) courses. 

All students who have a declared major in 
nursing or who are designated prenursing are 
encouraged to participate in career and profes- 
sional development seminars offered by faculty 
from the Department of Nursing. In addition, a 
limited number of internships are available to 
qualified applicants. Additional information is 
available through the Center for Nursing 
Excellence. 

101 

TOPICS IN HEALTH 

Exploration of health-related topics designee 
for the prenursing or first-year nursing student 
and non-majors. Topics vary. May be repeated 
for credit. No prerequisites. 1/2 unit of credit. 
May not be used to satisfy major requirements. 

120 

NURSING SEMINAR I 

Designed for the pre-nursing student. Focus 
is on career opportunities available to nurses. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



roles and responsibilities of nurses, educa- 
tional requirements, and history of nursing. 
Emphasis is also placed on survival skills for 
college and for the nursing major. The grade 
will be P/F. Non-credit course. One hour per 
week. This course is required of all pre- 
nursing students. 

Ill 

NURSING SEMINAR II 

Continuation of Nursing Seminar I. Focus 
is on the development of professional writing 
skills pertinent to nursing, professional 
behaviors, and portfolio development. The 
grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. One 
hour per week. This course is required of all 
pre-nursing students. 

200 

HEALTH PROMOTION AND WELLNESS 
ACROSS THE LIFESPAN 

Primary focus on wellness which includes 
normal growth and development, health 
promotion and essentials of normal nutrition. 
Introductory therapeutic communication and 
teaching/learning skills are explored. Appli- 
cation of theory to individuals, families and 
communities occurs during clinical experi- 
ences in the community setting. One hour of 
lecture and 3 1/2 hours of clinical lab. 1/2 
unit of credit. Prerequitisites: BIO 1 10, 11 1 
and GPA of 2.50 or higher at the completion 
of the Freshman year. Corequisite: BIO 323 
or 338. 

Ill 

FOUNDATIONS OF 
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 

Introduction of major theoretical elements 
underlying professional practice. Focus on 
common health problems and basic rehabilita- 
tion principles while recognizing the multi- 
directional influence of the individual, family 
and environment. The student will utilize the 
nursing process in assisting clients to attain a 
maximum level of functioning. Two hours of 
lecture and seven hours of clinical laboratory. 



1 unit of credit. Prerequisites: BIO 110, 111; 
Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 323 or 338. 
Open to nursing majors only. 

302 

PERSPECTIVES ON 
PROFESSIONAL NURSING 

This course introduces the student to the 
historical and political development of the 
profession of nursing. The foundations of 
professional nursing practice are discussed 
with a critical view on nursing theory, 
professionalism in nursing, and career 
development. Meets 2 hours weekly for 1/2 
unit of credit. Open to RNs only. 

324 

HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

Identification and demonstration of basic 
physical assessment skills. Emphasis placed 
on assessment findings across the life span. 
Focus on normal findings with attention on 
development of skill and confidence in 
performing physical assessments. Meets two 
hours weekly for 1/2 unit. Corequisite: 
NURS 330, 332, or consent of instructor. 
Open to non-majors by consent of instructor. 

330-331 

NURSING CARE OF 

THE DEVELOPING FAMILY 

Examination of health and nursing needs of 
beginning and developing families. Initial 
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and 
infants within the family unit as well as the 
common health problems of children through 
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on nursing 
needs of children and mothers with health 
problems of acute and long term nature, the 
influence of illness on the family. Three 
hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical laboratory. 
1 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for NURS 330: 
NURS 221; Corequisite s: NURS 324, 332, 
and 337. Prerequisite for NURS 331 : NURS 
324, 330, 332, and 337; Corequisites: 
NURS 333, 338, and 424. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



332-333 

NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT 

Identification of adult health care needs and 
implementation of nursing activities based on 
an understanding of growth and development, 
pathophysiology, communication skills, inter- 
personal dynamics, and psychosocial interven- 
tions. Three hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical 
laboratory'. J 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for 
NURS 332: NURS 221, Corequisites: NURS 
324, 330, and 337. Prerequisites for NURS 
333: NURS 330, 332, and 337. Corequisites: 
NURS 331, 338, and 424. 

337-338 

BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY 

AND THERAPEUTICS I and II 

Fundamentals of pharmacology and 
therapeutics are presented for the various 
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmaco- 
logical mechanisms to the affected biochemi- 
cal and physiological processes. Interactions 
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are 
reviewed. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of 
credit each. Corequisites for NURS 337: NURS 
324, 330, and 332, or consent of instructor. 
Corequisites for NURS 338: NURS 331, 333, 
and 424, or consent of instructor. Open to non- 
nursing majors with appropriate science back- 
ground, corequisites waived for non-majors. 

339 

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 

The study of physiologic mechanisms 
altered by illness, injury or disease processes 
in humans. Fundamental disease processes, 
specific illnesses, and their effects on human 
homeostasis will be discussed. The links 
between pathophysiology, diagnosis, and 
therapeutic interventions will be emphasized. 
One-half unit of credit. Prerequisites: NURS 
331, 333, 338, or consent of instructor. Open 
to non-majors by consent of instructor. 

340 

CLINICAL PRACTICUM 

Focus is on the integration of concepts 
from pathophysiology, application of knowl- 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



edge while caring for clients with complex 
health problems in a variety of nursing 
settings. Students will enhance current 
skill level and organization of care. 96 hours 
of clinical laboratory. One-half unit of credit. 
Prerequisites: NURS 331, 333, 338. 
Corequisite: NURS 339 

All 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

Examination of learning theories appropriate 
to all age groups. Discussion of the concepts 
and techniques necessary for assessment, plan- 
ning, implementation, and evaluation of the 
teaching/learning process. Emphasis will be 
placed on self care. Two hour lecture for 1/2 
unit of credit. Required for school nurse 
candidates. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

423 

HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL 

Clinical practice includes teaching experience 
in the public school system. This practice 
results in a culmination of the theoretical con- 
tent contained in NURS 422. Five hour clinical 
laboratory for 1/2 unit ofcedit. Required for 
School Nurse Candidates. Prerequisites: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

424 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

Identification and demonstration of 
advanced assessment techniques with an 
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning 
experiences are provided to develop a 
systematic approach to physical assessment. 
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on 
the correlation of assessment findings and 
major health deviations. Meets nvo hours 
weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. Corequisites: 
NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instructor. 

425 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

CLINICAL LABORATORY 

A clinical laboratory that allows additional 
practice for the student enrolled in NURS 424. 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



Five hours clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit of 
credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM 

Essentials of school health, school nursing, 
and health promotion. These concepts serve as 
a basis for the development of an understand- 
ing of the role of the school with the opportu- 
nity to function in the role of the school nurse. 
It is a course built on the culmination of know- 
ledge obtained in previous nursing courses 
and nursing experiences. 2J0 hours clinical 
and seminar. Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL 
NURSE CANDIDATES who have met all 
other requirements for certification and have 
obtained departmental approval. Must have a 
valid Pennsylvania RN license. 

432 

NURSING RESEARCH I 

Introduction to the theory and process of 
research with emphasis on critical analysis of 
research and the development of a research 
proposal. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of 
credit. Prerequisites: Statistics, successful 
completion ofNURS 331 and 333, or consent 
of instructor. Not open to students who have 
completed NURS 435. Open to non-nursing 
majors. 

433 

NURSING RESEARCH II 

Implementation of the research process. 
Proposals submitted in NURS 432 will 
provide the basis for data collection, analysis 
and reporting of research findings. Continued 
development of critical analysis skills. Two 
hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of credit. Prereq- 
uisite: NURS 432 or consent of instructor. 
Not open to students who have completed 
NURS 435. Open to non-nursing majors with 
consent of instructor. 



435 

RESEARCH IN NURSING 

Expansion of theoretical basis of research 
methodology with emphasis on analyzing, 
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research. 
Development and implementation of a research 
proposal focusing on a nursing problem. Four 
hours of lecture. 1 unit. Prerequisites: statis- 
tics, NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Open to non-nursing majors. 

438 

HIGH ACUITY NURSING 

Combines conceptual foundations and clinical 
decision making regarding the care of high 
acuity patients. Designed to bridge the gap 
between core medical surgical content and 
more advanced critical care concepts. Three 
hours of lecture and 3.5 hours of clinical lab. 
1 unit of credit. Prerequisite: NURS 
339 or consent of instructor. 

439 

NURSING CARE IN THE COMMUNITY 

Overview of the role of the community 
health nurse in a variety of community and 
mental health venues. Discussion of the 
history and future of community health nursing 
including attributes of practice. Health and 
wellness promotion; health teaching; economic 
political, legal and ethical influences; environ- 
mental issues; epidemiology; communicable 
disease and vulnerable populations (including 
the psychiatric or mental health client) will be 
addressed. Focus is on the application and 
integration of health and wellness concepts. 
Three hours lecture and 7 hours clinical 
laboratory. 1 1/4 units. Prerequisites: NURS 
440, 438, or consent of instructor. 

440 

NURSING CARE OF THE EMOTIONALLY 
TROUBLED INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY 
Examination of disturbed human relation- 
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interpersonal, 
and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on ad- 
vanced therapeutic nurse-patient relationships 
within the context of family, community, and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 

• 



health care systems. Three hours of lecture and 
7 hours clinical laboratory. 1 unit. Prerequi- 
sites: NURS331, 333, 339, and 340. 

441 

COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE 

Culminating nursing course with focus on 
leadership and management issues in health 
care. Seminars provide opportunities for 
students to share commonalities and unique 
aspects of professional practice. A concen- 
trated clinical practicum will provide students 
the opportunity to integrate practice skills and 
course concepts. Three hours of lecture and 
128 hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 units. 
Prerequisites: NURS 438 and 440. 

442 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES 

An analysis of nursing issues in the context 
of the historical background of the profession, 
the social forces which influence nursing, and 
nursing's impact upon society. Two-hour 
seminar. 1/2 unit of credit. Prerequisite: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

443 

TOPICS IN NURSING 

Selected topic courses in nursing designed 
to permit students to pursue subjects which, 
because of their specialized nature, may not be 
offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit of credit. 
May be repeated for credit with departmental 
permission Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING 

An opportunity to develop and implement 
an individual plan of study under faculty 
guidance. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PHILOSOPHY (PHIL) 

Professors: Griffith, Whelan 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

The study of philosophy develops a critical 
understanding of the basic concepts and 
presuppositions around which we organize our 
thought in morality, law, religion, science, 
education, the arts and other human endeavors. 

A major in philosophy, together with other 
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent 
preparation for policy-making positions of 
many kinds, for graduate study in several 
fields, and for careers in education, law, and 
the ministry. The major in philosophy consists 
of eight courses including PHIL 223. 224, 
440, and at least four other courses numbered 
225 or above. PHIL 340 can be counted 
toward the major only once. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 90. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 8, 2 19, 
301, 332, 333, 334, 335, 449. Students must 
check semester class schedules to determine 
which courses are offered as "W" courses for 
that semester. 

Minors 

The Philosophy Department offers three 
minors. (1) A minor in philosophy consists of 
any four philosophy courses numbered 220 or 
above; or any five philosophy courses, three 
of which must be numbered 220 or above. 
(2) A minor in philosophy and science 
consists of four courses from PHIL 223, 225, 
333, 340 and independent studies. (3) A 
minor in philosophy and law consists of four 
courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 335, 337, 
340 and independent studies. Since topics in 
PHIL 340 and independent studies vary, these 
courses may count toward a minor only if they 
are approved by the department. 

105 

PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING 

An introduction to the elements of critical 
thinking centered on developing the skills 
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate 
arguments. Not open to students who have 
completed two courses in philosophy. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a number of contemporary moral issues 
which call for personal decision. Topics often 
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to 
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
morality. Discussion centers on some of the 
suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to make such decisions. Not open to 
students who have completed two courses in 
philosophy. 



115 , 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY | 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 
the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of 
fair distribution of goods and opportunities, 
the legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to 
business practice. Discussion centers on some 
of the suggestions philosophers have made 
about how to deal with these issues. Not open 
to students who have completed two courses 
in philosophy. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to the foundations of 
communication. Theories of truth and meaning 
will be illustrated by means of practical 
examples, with special attention given to the 
issue of objectivity and bias in communication. 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a variety of moral problems that arise 
concerning the American business system. 
Included are a systematic consideration of 
typical moral problems faced by individuals 
and an examination of common moral 
criticisms of the business system itself. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 

IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 
indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 



218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

An introductory examination of various 
philosophical issues and concepts which are of 
special importance in legal contexts. Discus- 
sion includes both general topics, such as the 
justification of punishment, and more specific 
topics, such as the insanity defense and the 
rights of the accused. Readings are arranged 
topically and include both classical and 
contemporary sources. 

219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
tion of health care resources. 

220 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

A study of several central philosophical 
problems, such as the problem of free will and 
determinism, the relationship between the mind 
and the body, the nature and limits of human 
knowledge, arguments about the existence of 
God, and the problem of personal identity. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
how scientific and philosophical thinking 



differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the 
interaction between philosophy and science in 
formulating fundamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
criticizing concepts designed to answer them. 
Alternate years. 

224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

An historical survey of the most important 
social and political philosophers from Socrates 
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the 
relationship between ethics and politics as 
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. Alternate years. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modem symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-functional relations, the 
logic of propositional functions, and deductive 
systems. Attention is also given to 
various topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Alternate years. 

301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two 
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of 
religious discourse, arguments for and against 
the existence of God, and the relation between 
religion and science. Readings from classical 
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically impor- 
tant conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 
importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL 
PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five definitive 
works of contemporary political philosophy, 
beginning with A Theory of Justice by John 
Rawls. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry concerning the grounds which 
distinguish morally right from morally wrong 
actions. Central to the course is critical 
consideration of the proposals and the 
rationales of relativists, egoists, utilitarians, 
and other ethical theorists. Various topics in 
metaethics are also included. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor. 



336 

CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five centrally 
important works of contemporary moral 
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 

An introduction to the philosophy of law 
using both classical and contemporary 
sources. General theories concerning the 
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues 
which arise primarily within a legal context, 
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

SPECIAL TOPICS 

Study of selected philosophical problems, 
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics 
include ethical obligations to animals, lying 
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics, 
research on human subjects, and artificial 
intelligence. With consent of the instructor, 
this course may be repeated for credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 
AND WRITING 

In-depth instruction in both the independent 
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical 
research and writing. Each student will 
undertake an approved research project and 
will produce a substantial philosophical paper. 
Open only to, and required of senior philoso- 
phy majors. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICS • PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson) 

ATHLETIC TRAINING 
INTERNSHIP (AT) 

Lycoming College established an apprentice- 
ship program in 1979 after recognizing two cond- 
itions: the importance of the care and preven- 
tion of athletic injuries by trained professionals, 
and the career's promising growth potential. 

To complete the internship students are 
required to take the four courses below as well 
as BIO 213 and 214 and one nutrition course. 
Students also are required to undergo practical 
work under the supervision of Lycoming's 
certified athletic trainer. Students are officially 
accepted into the Internship program after 
successful completion of the first year of 
practical work and AT 1 10. 

Students who finish the Internship program 
become eligible to participate in the National 
Athletic Trainers Association (N.A.T.A.) Cert- 
ification examination to earn the status of an 
N.A.T.A. certified trainer. This Internship program 
also allows the passing students to qualify for 
the State examination to become Class B athletic 
trainers under Pennsylvania Act 63 P.S.S 1310.1. 
Students interested in this program should 
contact the Physical Education Department. 

Athletic training classes do not count toward 
fulfilling graduation requirements except as the 
physical education requirements of two courses. 

110 

BASIC ATHLETIC TRAINING 

Covers the basics in prevention, evaluation, 
treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic injuries. 
Two lectures, one lab per week. Three credit 
hours. Prerequisite: CPR certification and 
Basic First Aid certification. 

215 

ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT 

Basic concepts of Kinesiology, the study of 
human movement, and Biomechanics, the study 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

• 



of mechanical aspects of human movement. 
Three lectures per week, project. Three credit 
hours. Prerequisite: BIO 213 and 214. 

310 

ADVANCED ATHLETIC TRAINING 

A more in-depth course in injury evalu- 
ation, rehabilitation, and therapeutic modali- 
ties. Three lectures per week. Three credit 
hours. Prerequisite: AT 110. 

410 

EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 

The study of the effects of exercise on the 
human body. Two lectures and one lab per 
week. Three credit hours. Prerequisite: 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 
Students must successfully complete any 
combination of two semesters of course work 
selected from the following: 

1 . Designated Physical Activities courses 

2. Designated varsity athletics 

3. Designated wellness courses 

4. Designated community service projects. 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 
COURSES (PHED) 

102 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of physical education. Coeduca- 
tional classes meet twice a week with basic 
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and 
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on 
the potential use of activities as recreational 
and leisure time interests. 

105 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
physical education. Coeducational classes 



meet twice a week with basic instruction in fund- 
amentals, knowledge, and appreciation of various 
sports. Emphasis is on the potential use of 
activities as recreational and leisure time interests. 

110-120 

VARSITY ATHLETICS 

Students who compete on a varsity sports 
team may register for a semester of Physical 
Activity during the semester listed. A full 
season must be completed to satisfy the 
Physical Activity requirement. It is the 
student's responsibility to withdraw from the 
course should they not complete the season. 

110 -BASKETBALL 
111 -CROSS COUNTRY 

112 - FOOTBALL 

113 - GOLF 

114 - SOCCER 

115 - SOFTBALL 
116 -SWIMMING 
117 -TENNIS 
118 - TRACK 

119- VOLLEYBALL 

120 - WRESTLING 

121 - LACROSSE 

WELLNESS (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one -half semester 
of wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 
hours per week covering various topics that may 
include Stress Management, Preventing Commu- 
nicable Diseases, Personal Health and Wellness, 
and other current health issues. These courses 
promote student wellness during their stay at 
Lycoming as well as their post graduate years. 
This course may be repeated with the same 
topics only with departmental consent. 

105 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two hours 
per week covering various topics that may 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



include Stress Management, Preventing 
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. 
These courses promote student wellness 
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their 
post graduate years. This course may be 
repeated with the same topics only with 
departmental consent. 

106 

FIRST AID/CPR 

This course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. This course will prepare 
students to recognize emergencies and make 
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also 
included are an emphasis on safety and 
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk of 
injury and illness. American Red Cross First 
Aid and CPR certifications are earned upon 
successful completion of the course. 

COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS) 

These courses require 2-3 hours per week 
in a combination of seminars and agency 
placement. 

105 

COMMUNITY SERVICE I 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community sennce. An experiential learning 
opportunity accomplished in conjunction with 
local agencies or college departments. The 
outcome of such service will promote stu- 
dents' personal and social development as well 
as civic responsibility. Students must pre- 
registerfor this course. May not he repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY SERVICE II 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community service. Students may elect to 
enroll in a second semester of community 
service to satisfy the graduation requirement. 
This will require the student to be engaged in 
a somewhat more sophisticated level of 
learning and service. Students must preregis- 
terfor this course. Prerequisite: COMS 105. 




POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (psci) 

Professors: Giglio, Roskin (Chairperson) 
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Raup 
Part-time Instructor: Wolf 

The major is designed to provide a systematic 
understanding of government and politics at the 
international, national, state, and local levels. 
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to 
make independent, objective analyses which 
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the 
social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major can 
provide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrative work 
in federal, state, or local governments, interna- 
tional organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach secon- 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



dary school social studies may major in political 
science but should consult their advisors and the 
education department. 

A major consists of eight political science 
courses, including PSCI 106. Prospective 
majors are encouraged to take this course their 
freshman year. An exemption will be granted 
only if it strengthens the student's program. In 
addition to 106, students must satisfactorily 
complete two courses in area A, one course in 
area B and two courses in area C. Students 
must pass PSCI 400, Political Analysis, 
normally taken in their senior year. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 90. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: PSCI 
220, 326, 340. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: PSCI 223. 244, 334, 400. 
Students must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minors 

For non-majors, the department offers three 
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of 
any four courses numbered 200 or above from 
areas A to C; a minor in World Politics consists 
of four courses selected from area C; and a minor 
in Legal Studies consists of four courses in area 
B. Students are encouraged to consult with 
department members on the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

An introductory course in political science 
that asks how and why people form political 
communities, what holds them together, and 
how political systems may either improve or 
damage themselves. Includes comparison of 
the U.S. with other countries and discussion of 
current political and pubhc-policy issues. 



210 

COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY 

Reviews and critiques the impact of the 
mass media on American society. Consider- 
ation of how the media form attitudes, 
nominate and elect candidates, cover news, 
and monitor governmental activities as well as 
possible remedies to media-related problems. 

400 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

A capstone course required for majors in 
Political Science normally taken in their 
senior year. Students will integrate their 
knowledge of political phenomena and deepen 
their methodological sophistication by 
applying several analytical approaches to a 
series of case studies. Open to non-majors 
with pennission of instructor. 

A. American Politics 
110 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 
IN THE UNITED STATES 

An introduction to American national 
government which emphasizes both structural- 
functional analysis and policy-making processes. 
In addition to the legislative, executive, and 
judicial branches of government, attention will 
be given to political parties and interest groups, 
elections and voting behavior, and constitu- 
tional rights. Recommended to all social 
science-education candidates and to those 
students who have had inadequate or insuffi- 
cient preparation in American government. 

Ill 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 

223 

PRESIDENCY AND CONGRESS 

The constitutional roles, campaign styles, and 
interactions of the U.S. presidency and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

• 



congress. Special attention is given presi- 
dents, senators, and congresspersons who 
substantially contribute to the democratic 
process. Alternate years. 

244 

THE POLITICAL FILM 

The great and enduring political questions 
presented in fiction movies, for classroom 
discussion and papers. Course draws from a 
library of cinema classics on videotape to 
probe political an-angements, power relation- 
ships, and the legal process. Alternate years. 

333 

BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION 

The business of making government work 
at the administrative level. The organizational 
structure, relevant laws and court cases, and 
legislative oversight of federal, state, and local 
public bureaucracy. Alternate years. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 
elective and nonelective activities, and includes 
analyses of women' s issues currently on 
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years. 

448 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic 
and methodology of polling. Content includes 
exploration of the processes by which 
people's political opinions are formed, the 
manipulation of public opinion through the 
uses of propaganda, and the American 
response to politics and political issues. 
Alternative years. 



B. Legal Studies 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

332 

COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE SYSTEM 

The course consists of two components: 
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi- 
nal procedure carefully explores constitutional 
law and procedural rules which dominate 
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal 
law explores concepts relating to criminal 
responsibility and the establishment of 
selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot 
button" issues in the field: balancing protec- 
tion of fundamental freedoms against society's 
need to solve an prevent crime; plea negotia- 
tions; the politicizing of the criminal justice 
system; mandatory sentencing schemes; 
management challenges to fast handling of 
criminal cases; the changing line between 
juvenile and adult criminal court; wisdom of 
using criminal punishment in an attempt to 
control some forms of behavior. There will be 
two field trips to court proceedings. Prerequi- 
site: junior or senior standing, or consent of 
instructor. 

334 

LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING 

Students learn to perform legal research 
with realistic problems in civil and criminal 
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional, 
regulatory, procedural and common law. 
They will write briefs and memoranda based 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



upon the research in the form expected of 
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some 
classes may be held at the Lycoming County 
Courthouse law library. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the 
family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, and 
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

341 

THE JUVENILE COURT 

This course will examine the history of the 
juvenile court: typical law enforcement 
handling of juvenile offenses; the trends in 
youth crime; the wave of state laws that are 
making juvenile court function more like adult 
criminal court; the strategies and weaknesses, 
the successes and failures of juvenile court in 
the 1990s. Includes field trip to juvenile 
court. Alternate years. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 

An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing, or consent of instructor. 

C. World Politics 
221 

COMPARATIVE POLITICS 
AND GEOGRAPHY 

The politics and geography of nations in 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And 
South American in a search for comparisons 
and patterns. Includes history, institutions, 
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises. 



225 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

The basic factors and concepts of interna- 
tional relations, such as international systems, 
national interest and security, wars, decolon- 
ization, nationalism, economic development, 
trade blocs, and international law and 
organizations. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, how 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 

326 

POLITICAL CULTURES 

An exploration of the "people" aspects of 
political life in several countries. The way 
people interact with each other and with 
government, what they expect from the 
system, how they acquire their political 
attitudes and styles, and how these contribute 
to the type of government. Alternate years. 

340 

EAST EUROPEAN POLITICS 

A review of the geographical, historical, 
and political factors effecting East Europe, 
how the region broke out of the Soviet sphere, 
and its chances for developing a stable 
democracy and market economy. Includes 
Balkan security problems such as the breakup 
of Yugoslavia and ongoing boundary and 
ethnic quarrels. Alternate years. 

439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 




D. Special Programs 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as interns in structured learning situations 
with a wide variety of public and private 
agencies and organizations. Students have 
served as interns with the Public Defender' s 
Office, the Lycoming County Court Adminis- 
trator, and the Williamsport City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY (psy) 

Associate Professors: Berthold, Ryan 
Assistant Professors: Hakala, 

01 sen (Chairperson), 
Visiting Instructor: Cimini 

The major provides training in both theoreti- 
cal and applied psychology. It is designed to 
meet the needs of students seeking careers in 
psychology or other natural or social sciences. 
It also meets the needs of students seeking a 
better understanding of human behavior as a 
means of furthering individual and career 
goals in other areas. Psychology majors and 
others are urged to discuss course selections in 
psychology with members of the department 
to help insure appropriate course selection. 

A major consists of 32 semester hours in 
psychology, including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and 
436. Statistics also is required. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 90. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a cultural diversity course: PSY 
341. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: PSY 225, 43 1, 432. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including PSY 
110 and four other psychology courses (diree 
of which must be numbered 200 or above) 
which must be approved by the department. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or applied 
topic in psychology. Different topics will be 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



explored different semesters. Potential topics 
include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 
psychology. The course is open to elementary 
and advanced undergraduates. No Prerequi- 
sites. One-half unit of credit. May be repeat- 
ed once for credit with departmental permis- 
sion. May not be used to satisfy distribution 
or major requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personality, 
social, physiological, sensory, cognition, and 
developmental. 

112 

GROUP PROCESSES AND 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to research and theories on 
small group formation, structure, and perfor- 
mance. Topics include group communication, 
conformity, leadership, conflict, and decision- 
making. Emphasis will be placed upon applying 
principles of group dynamics to different types 
of groups. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of 
instructor. May term only. 

116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and 
treatment. The various models for the concept- 
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically 
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 



findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

138 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid- 
ered may include educational objectives, pupil 
and teacher characteristics, concept learning, 
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and 
values, motivation, retention and transfer, 
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite: 
PSY 110 or consent of instructor. 

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 
CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS 

This course will review current theory and 
research on love. The progress of close, 
interpersonal relationships from initiation to 
termination will be discussed. In addition, the 
relation between love and sex will be ex- 
plored, and current research on sexuality 
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

237 
COGNITION 

An in-depth examination of the field of human 
cognition. Topics include perception, 
attention, short and long term memory, 
reading comprehension, problem solving and 
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the scientific nature of the 
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 



application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will cover 
targeting behavior, base-rating, intervention 
strategies, and outcome evaluation. Learning- 
based modification techniques such as contin- 
gency management, counter-conditioning, 
extinction, discrimination training, aversive 
conditioning, and negative practice will be 
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or consent 
of instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT 
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT 

A study of psychological theories and 
research on coping with normal developmental 
changes and common problems of adult-hood. 
Focus will be upon adult transitions, stress 
management, intimate relationships, sexuality, 
parenting skills, and work adjustment. Prereq- 
uisite: PSY 110. 

324 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set of 
principles that relate the function and organiza- 
tion of the nervous system to the phenomena 
of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric methods and theory, including 
scale transformation, norms, standardization, 
validation procedures, and estimation of 
reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and 
statistics. 



341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. Special topics include sex differences in 
achievement, power, and communication; sex- 
role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity and 
femininity; and gender influences on mental 
health. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES AND CHILD 
DEVELOPMENT 

This course will explore the relations 
between a variety of types of family dysfunc- 
tions and child development and psychopathol- 
ogy. Specifically, topics in child abuse, 
neglect, sexual abuse, and children from violent 
homes, alcoholic homes, and homes with 
mentally ill parents will be studied. The course 
will focus on empirical literature about dys- 
functional families and child development, 
biographical and political perspectives. 
Prerequisite: PSY 116 and 117, or consent of 
instructor. 

431 

EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the scientific method, experimen- 
tal design and the application of statistics to 
psychology. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the place of research in the field 
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY J 10 and 
statistics. 

432 

SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 

The examination of psychophysical method- 
ology and basic neurophysiological methods as 
they are applied to the understanding of sensor 
processes. Prerequisites: PSY ] 10 and 
statistics. 

436 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY • RELIGION 



In addition to covering the details of each 
theory, the impUcations and appUcations of 
each theory are considered. This course is best 
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year, 
because it integrates material from diverse 
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSYllO. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the 
major theoretical approaches to counseling. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. Students have, for 
example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas for 
which courses are not offered. In addition, 
students have an opportunity to study a topic 
in more depth than is possible in the 
regular classroom situation. Studies in the 
past have included child abuse, counseling of 
hospital patients, and research in the psychol- 
ogy of natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 




RELIGION (RED 

Professors: Guerra, Hughes 

Associate Professor: Van Voorst (Chairperson) 

A major consists of 10 courses, including 
REL 1 13, 1 14, and 120. At least seven 
courses must be taken in the department. The 
following courses may be counted toward 
fulfilling the major requirements: GRK 221 
and 222, HEBR 221 and 222, HIST 340 and 
416, PHIL 332, and SOC 333. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: 
REL 1 10, 224, 225, 226, 228. Students must 
check semester class schedules to determine 
which courses are offered as "D" courses for 
that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: REL 230, 331, 337. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 



Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Minors 

A minor in religion consists of one course 
from REL 110, 1 13 or 114 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of GRK 
221, 222 and HEBR 221 and 222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be religious. 
Some of the issues are the definition of 
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts 
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific 
attention will be devoted to the current 
problem of cults and religious liberty. 

113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish commu- 
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduction 
to the history of interpretation with an 
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
criticism and theology. 

114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH 
AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism 
and theology. 



119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of religion 
and culture in an historical perspective 
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and 
religious issues raised by contemporary 
American popular culture. Readings include 
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical 
and religious approaches to popular culture. 

120 

DEATH AND DYING 

A study of death from personal, social and 
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what 
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues 
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide, 
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of 
death and immortality. Course includes, as 
optional, practical projects with terminal 
patients under professional supervision. Only 
one course from the combination of REL 120 
and 121 may be used for distribution. 

121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life after 
death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation, 
and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. REL 120 is 
recommended but not required. Only one 
course from the combination of REL 120 and 
121 may be used for distribution. 

222 

PROTESTANTISM IN THE 

MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 17th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 

• 



223 

THE BACKGROUNDS OF CHRISTIANITY 

A study of the historical, cuhural, and rel- 
igious background of the formation of 
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian 
belief and practice in post-exilic Judaism and 
in Hellenism. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and 
organization. Also, a review of their contribu- 
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East- West dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw light 
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also, 
an introduction to basic archaeological method 
and a study in depth of several representative 
excavations along with the artifacts and material 
culture recovered from different historical 
periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 



and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be 
given to the religious views prevalent in the 
ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions 
will be sought to questions such as: What 
does it feel like to be religious or to have a 
religious experience? What is the religious 
function in human development? How does 
one think psychologically about theological 
problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of religion 
and other disciplines to an issue of current 
concern; current topics include the theological 
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the 
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 



337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics related 
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics include 
prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead Sea 
Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline 
theology, Judaism and Christian origins, 
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic 
Gospels and John give final form to their 
message. Course will vary from year to year 
and may be repeated for credit once if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 

A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual developments 
in Western culture. The content of this course 
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied 
in recent years include the theological 
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentialism; theology and 
depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 

342 

THE NATURE AND MISSION 
OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as 
"The People of God" with reference to the 
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman 
Catholic traditions. 

401 

FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an archaeological dig in the 
Near East. Instruction in excavation techniques, 
recording and the processing of artifacts. A 
survey of excavation and research and the use 
of archaeology as a tool for elucidating 
historical and cultural changes. Special fees 
apply. May Tern] or Summer Sessions only. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. 



N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) 

Greek is not offered as a major. An interdis- 
ciplinary minor in Biblical Languages requires 
the completion of GRK 221, 222 and HEBR 

221,222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 
A comparative study of the synoptic tradition 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or equiva- 
lent. Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 

Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 22] or equivalent. 
Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

HEBREW (HEBR) 

Hebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 221, 222 and 
HEBR 221, 222. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM 




101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa- 
ment with special attention being given to 
exegetical questions. The text read varies 
from year to year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 
or equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 
and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy 
humanities requirement. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Professor: Boerckel (Director) 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequisite: 
Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A " or "F. " 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmental 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 

Assistant Professors: S. Alexander, Strausei 

Instructor: Ross 

The Sociology-Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fundamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229, 
444, and 447 and three other courses within 
the department with the exception of 115, 222, 
223, 225, 440, and 443. REL 226 may also be 
counted toward the major. 

Track II - Human Services in a Socio- 
Cultural Perspective requires SOC 1 10, 222, 
229, 443, 444, and 447. In addition, students 
must select two courses from among the 
following: SOC 220, 221, 227, 228, 300, 334, 
and 335. Students are also required to choose 
two units from the following courses: PSY 
1 10, ECON 224, PSCI 333, and SOC 230. 
Recommended courses: ACCT 1 10, 226; 
SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; and PHIL 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 90. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: SOC 
229, 331, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338. Students 
must check semester class schedules to deter- 
mine which courses are offered as "D" courses 
for that semester. 




The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: SOC 229, 441. Students 
must check semester class schedules to deter- 
mine which courses are offered as "W" courses 
for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of SOC 1 1 and four other SOC 
courses approved by the department, three of 
which must be numbered 220 or above. SOC 
1 1 5, 223, 225, 339, and 440 cannot count 
toward the minor. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of anthro- 
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



goals, examination of biological and cultural 
evolution, the fossil evidence for human 
evolution, and questions raised in relation to 
human evolution. Other topics include race, 
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis- 
toric cultural development. 

115 

INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM 

An introduction to the role of law enforce- 
ment, courts, and corrections in the admini- 
stration of justice; the historical development 
of police, courts, and corrections; jurisdiction 
and procedures of courts; an introduction to 
the studies, literature, and research in criminal 
justice; careers in criminal justice. 

220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modem American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment, 
and the changing status of family members. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

221 

JUVENILE DELINQUENCY 

A multidisciplinary approach to the study 
of the constellation of factors that relate to 
juvenile delinquency causation, handling the 
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice 
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and 
community responsibility. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

The course is designed for students inter- 
ested in learning about, or entering, the human 
services profession. It will review the history, 
the range, and the goals of human services 
together with a survey of various strategies 
and approaches to human problems. It will 
include practical discussions of social behav- 
ioral differences as they relate to stress and 



conflict in people's lives. Prerequisite: SOC 
110 and/or PSY 110; or consent of instructor. 

223 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LAW ENFORCEMENT 

Principles, theories, and doctrines of the 
law of crimes, elements in crime, analysis of 
criminal investigation, important case law. 
Prerequisite: SOC 115 or consent of 
instructor. 

lis 

INTRODUCTION TO 
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION 

This course is designed for advanced 
criminal justice majors. Emphasis is placed on 
an in-depth study of detection and investigation 
of major crimes. Particular attention is placed 
on the use of criminalistics, legal parameters of 
evidence and interrogation, and prosecutory 
procedures. Prerequisite: SOC 223 or consent 
of instructor. Will not be counted toward the 
sociology-anthropology major. 

116 

SOCIAL MOVEMENTS 

An analysis of the dynamics, structure, and 
reactions to social movements with focus on 
contemporary social movements. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

SOCIAL PROBLEMS 

The course examines the causes, character- 
istics, and consequences of social problems in 
America from diverse socio-cultural perspect- 
ives. Topics discussed typically include crime, 
urban crises, family disorganization, poverty, 
race problems, drug abuse, and other related 
issues. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of 
instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



228 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of the 
aged as individuals and as members of groups. 
Emphasis is placed upon variables: health, 
housing, socio-economic status, personal 
adjustment, retirement, and social participation. 
Sociological, social psychological, and anthro- 
pological frames of reference utilized in analysis 
and description of aging and its relationship to 
society, culture, and personality, health, 
housing, socio-economic status, personal 
adjustment, retirement, and social participation. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social 
anthropology designed to familiarize the 
student with the analytical approaches to the 
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy of 
cultural anthropology for an understanding of 
the human condition will be stressed. Topics to 
be covered include the nature of primitive 
societies in contrast to civilizations, the concept 
of culture and cultural relativism, the individual 
and culture, the social patterning of behavior 
and social control, an anthropological perspec- 
tive on the culture of the United States. 

230 

SELF AND SOCIETY 

This course is concerned with the behavior 
of individuals who occupy positions in social 
structures, organizations and groups. The 
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is 
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social 
environment; and the manner in which the 
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes 
and alters social structures and enters into the 
functioning of groups. This course will also 
explore symbolic interactionism, a major 
theoretical perspective in sociology which 
focuses primary attention on the way in which 
individuals define and continually redefine 
reality on the basis of social interaction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 



300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions 
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of 
crime; epidemiology of crime, including 
explanation of statistical distribution of 
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, and 
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN 
A sociological examination of the role of women 
in American society through an analysis of the 
social institutions which affect their devel-opment. 
Role-analysis theory will be applied to the past, 
present, and future experience of women as it 
relates to the role options of society as a whole. 
Students will do an original research project on 
the role of women. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 

332 

INSTITUTIONS 

Introduces the student to the sociological 
concept of social institution, the types of social 
institutions to be found in all societies, and the 
interrelationships between the social institu- 
tions within a society. The course is divided 
into two basic parts: 1 . That aspect which deals 
with the systematic organization of society in 
general, and 2. The concentration on a particu- 
lar social institution: economic, political, 
educational, or social welfare. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

333 

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 

An examination of the major theories of 
the relationship of religion to society and a 
survey of sociological studies of religious 
behavior. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of 
instructor. 

334 

RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American 
cultural values. An analysis will include 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



historical, cultural, and social factors underly- 
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and 
individual reports are part of the requirements 
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or 
consent of instructor. 

336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student with 
the wealth of anthropological data on the 
religions and world views developed by prim- 
itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel- 
igion in regard to the individual, society, and 
various cultural institutions will be examined. 
Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch- 
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the 
cultural use of dreams, and revitalization 
movements. Particular emphasis will be given 
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi- 
ence, and the creation of cultural realities 
through religions. Both a social scientific and 
existential perspective will be employed. Pre- 
requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor. 

337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as 
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl, 
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due 
to European contacts and United States 
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural 
developments among American Indians will 
be placed in an anthropological perspective. 



338 

LEGAL AND POLITICAL 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

The course is designed to familiarize the 
student with the techniques of conflict 
resolution and the utilization of public power 
in primitive society as well as the various 
theories of primitive law and government. 
The rise of the state and an anthropological 
perspective on modem law and government 
will be included. The concepts of self- 
regulation and social control, legitimacy, 
coercion, and exploitation will be the organiz- 
ing focus. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or consent 
of instructor. 

339 

THE AMERICAN PRISON SYSTEM 

Nature and history of punishment, evolu- 
tion of the prison and prison methods with 
emphasis on prison community, prison 
architecture, institutional programs, inmate 
rights, and sentences. Review of punishment 
versus treatment, detention facilities, jails, 
reformatories, prison organization and 
administration, custody, and discipline. 
Prerequisite: SOC 115. 

440 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

A course designed for the advanced criminal 
justice major. While the course concerns the 
study of probation and parole as parts of the 
criminal justice system and their impact on the 
system as a whole, the primary emphasis is the 
impact on the offender. Particular attention is 
given to diagnostic report writing on offenders, 
pre-sentence investigation, offender classifica- 
tion, and parole planning. Prerequisites: SOC 
115 and 339. 

441 

SOCIAL STRATIFICATION 

An analysis of stratification systems with 
specific reference to American society. The 
course will include an analysis of poverty, 
wealth, and power in the United States. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



Particular attention will be given to factors 
which generate and maintain inequality, along 
with the impact of inequality on the lives of 
Americans. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

The course examines the organizational 
and conceptual context within which human 
services are delivered in contemporary society. 
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic 
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic 
communities, mental hospitals, and other 
human service institutions. The methodology 
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitize 
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions of 
helping environments and relationships. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 229, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 
beginnings is treated through discussions and 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

445 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY 

The history of the development of anthro- 
pological thought from the 1 8th century to the 
present. Emphasis is placed upon anthropo- 
logical thought since 1 850. Topics include 
evolutionism, historical-particularism, cultural 
idealism, cultural materialism, functionalism, 
structuralism, and ethnoscience. Prerequisite: 
SOC 229 or consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS IN 
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 

Study of the research process in sociology- 
anthropology. Attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering 



research and the application of research. 
Different methodological skills are consid- 
ered, including field work, questionnaire 
construction, and other methods of data 
gathering and the analysis of data. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110 and MATH 103, or consent of 
instructor. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN SOCIOLOGY 

Introduces the student to a practical work 
experience involving community agencies in 
order to effect a synthesis of the student's 
academic course work and its practical 
applications in a community agency. Specif- 
ics of the course to be worked out in conjunc- 
tion with department, student and agency. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 and consent of 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typically 
work off campus with social service agencies 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such 
as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. Interns in 
criminaljustice work off campus in criminal 
justice agencies, such as penal institutions and 
probation and parole departments, under the 
supervision of administrative personnel. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 




THEATRE (thea) 

Professor: R. Falk 

Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Beetem 
Part-time Instructor: Clark 

The primary responsibilities of the Theatre 
Department are to teach appreciation, service, 
foundational and specialized courses; to 
prepare students for advanced study and 
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc- 
tion programs in which students can practice 
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a 
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the 
College community. 

Production groups sponsored by the 
Theatre Department are the Arena Theatre, 
The Arena Summer Theatre, The Emerald 
City Players, The Alpha Psi Omega Fraternity 
and the Downstage Theatre. Facilities used 
for performances by these groups are an 



intimate thrust stage (The Arena) and a small 
black box studio theatre (The Downstage 
Theatre) in the Academic Center. 

The department offers several courses to be 
selected for distribution requirements: THEA 
100, 112, 114, 148, 332, 333, 335 (Fine Arts) 
THEA 333, 335 (Humanities and Literature). 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses: 
THEA 1 12, 1 14, 332, 333, 335, 410. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "D" 
courses for that semester. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: THEA 332, 333. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Major 

The major consists of the equivalent of 10 
to 10.5 units. All theatre majors are required 
to complete the following: THEA 100, 148, 
332, 333, 410 and the equivalent of 1 full unit 
of THEA 160 and/or 161 (6 units). 

The department offers three major tracks: 
Track I: ACTING (4.5 Units) THEA 140, 
226, 240, 232 (1/2 unit); and one from the 
following: 335 or 402. 

Track II: DIRECTING: (4.0 Units) THEA 
140, 226, 336; and one from the following: 
335 or 402. 

Track IH: DESIGN/TECH (4.5 Units) THEA 
228, 229, 232 ( 1/2 unit), 320; and one from 
the following: 335, 402, 425, 428, 429, 431. 

Majors are urged to include courses in art, 
music, psychology, and English, or other areas 
of special interest. 

Majors are urged to include THEA 440 in 
Track I, THEA 426 in Track II, and THEA 
430 in Track III. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^R 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 



Minors 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
Department. 

• A minor in Performance consists of THEA 
100, 140, 226, 240, 336. 

• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of 
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320 or 430. 

• A minor in Theatre History and Literature 
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and 
410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

A comprehensive introduction to the 
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's 
point of view, the nature of theatre will be 
explored, including dramatic literature and the 
integral functioning of acting, directing and all 
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 148 prohibited. 

112 

AMERICA ON SCREEN 

Introduction to the art of understanding 
moving images to discover the cultural values 
of American filmmakers and their audiences. 
Comparison of the ways in which films and 
television use comedy, drama, and the docum- 
entary to examine topics having to do with 
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in 
America. 

114 

FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study of selected classic experimental and 
narrative films from around the world as well 
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what 
makes a classic through examination of such 
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and 
genre. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz. 



and modern dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
THEA 136: THEA 1 35 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135- 136 or MUS 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 17th-century France to the 
present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art and 
as they have reflected the history of civil- 
ization from primitive times to the present. Pre- 
requisite: THEA 137 or consent of instructor. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138. 

140 

ACTING I 

An introductory study of the actor's pre- 
paration with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvisa- 
tions and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. 

148 

PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various aspects of 
production are introduced. Through material 
presented and laboratory work on the Arena 
Theatre productions, students will acquire 
experience with design, scenery, properties, 
costumes and lighting. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. Concurrent enrollment in THEA 100 
prohibited. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production, rehearsal and 
performance of the Theatre Department's 
major presentations in the Arena Theatre. 
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a 
fractional basis. Students may register for 
one-half semester hour course credit per 
production for active participation in the 
designated area of technology and performance, 
limited to one semester hour credit per 
semester and eight semester hours credit over 
four years. Credit may not be used to satisfy 
distribution requirements in Fine Arts. Students 
may not register for Theatre Practicum while 
taking THE A 148 without permission of the 
instructor. When scheduling, students should 
register for Theatre Practicum in addition to 
the normal four academic courses. Because 
students may not be cast or assigned duties in 
time to meet the drop/add deadline, late 
registration for THEA 160 and 161 (Rehearsal 
and Performance) will be pemiitted without 
penalty. 

220 

VOICE AND DICTION 

Introduction to the fundamental techniques 
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha- 
sizes an individual program of personal vocal 
development. Dialects and phonetic study of 
the major European accents and English 
accents. Includes oral practice of relevant 
literature. Alternate years. One-half unit of 
credit. 

226 

DIRECTING I 

An introductory study of the function of the 
director in preparation, rehearsal and perfor- 
mance. Emphasis is placed on developing the 
student's ability to analyze scripts. 



and on the development of the student's 
imagination. Prerequisite: THEA 140. Alter- 
nate years. 

228 

SCENE DESIGN 

Development of scene design techniques 
through study of the practice in rendering, 
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching 
and model building. Beginning work in 
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery 
painting for the theatre. Participation on Arena 
Theatre productions will be part of the class- 
room requirements. Prerequisite: THEA 148. 

229 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design with 
emphasis on their practical application to the 
theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 148. 

231 

SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Practical application in construction, design 
and production problems and techniques 
through laboratory and plays in production. Pre- 
requisite: THEA 148. Offered summer only. 

232 

STAGE MAKEUP 

Essentials in stage makeup: straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Recommended for 
performers and directors of educational, church 
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA 
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years. 

233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are 
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and 
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232. 
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modern dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. 

240 

ACTING II 

Continued practice in character analysis. 
The study of acting styles is introduced with a 
strong emphasis on performing Shakespeare's 
plays. Prerequisite: THEA 140 

320 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the construction of 
costumes for Arena Theatre productions. 
Prerequisite: THEA 148 or consent of 
instructor. 

332 

THEATRE HISTORY I 

A historical survey of Western and Non- 
Western styles of theatre from the beginning 
to the present. Included is a study of the 
evolution of theatre architecture and perfor- 
mance space as well as technical develop- 
ments. Alternate years. 

333 

THEATRE HISTORY II: LITERATURE 

A study of the major dramatic literature 
that shapes the Western and non-Western 
theatre. Benchmark plays that are identified 
with specific periods and styles will be 
explored in depth. Prerequisite: THEA 332. 



335 

MODERN DRAMA 

A study of the major dramatic literature in 
depth that constitutes the body of the modern 
theatre, from 1875 to the present. Included 
will be a survey of alternative theatre styles, 
both scripted and non-scripted. Ethnic, 
minority and contemporary problem plays will 
be surveyed as well. 

336 

DIRECTING II 

Emphasis is placed on the student's ability 
to function as a director in the rehearsal 
process. Practical experience involves the 
directing of two one-act plays from the 
contemporary theatre in the Downstage 
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 and 
THEA 226. Alternate years. 

402 

SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE 

A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc- 
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating 
works from the page to the stage, with special 
attention to language, poetry, acting styles as 
well as technical problems. Contemporary 
productions will be viewed 

410 

THEATRE AND CULTURE 

Exploration of one or more historic periods 
in a specific locale to discover the nature of 
the theatre in its cultural context. Included 
will be a study of the art, music, literature, 
political and social framework of the period 
and locale. Prerequisite: THEA 332 and 333. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



425 

ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of costume design for 
the studio or main stage productions. 
Prerequistie: THEA 320 and consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

426 

DIRECTING III 

Emphasis will be placed on the student's 
ability to produce a major three-act play from 
the script to the stage for public performance. 
Prerequisite: THEA 336. 

428 

ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of scene design for the 
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

429 

ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 
Practical application of lighting design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

430 

PROPERTY DESIGN 

The theory of properties design for the 
stage, including the production of specific 
properties for staging use. Elements of design, 
fabrication, and the construction of properties 
employing a variety of materials and applica- 
tion of new theatrical technology. Prerequi- 
sites: THEA 228 and 320. Alternate years. 

431 

ADVANCED PROPERTY DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of properties design 
for studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: THEA 430 and consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit. 



440 

ACTING III 

Preparation of monologues and two 
character scenes, contemporary and classical, 
and preparation of a professional acting 
audition. The student will appear in major 
campus productions. Prerequisite: THEA 240. 

441 

ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO 

Practical application of acting for studio or 
main stage productions. Prerequisite: THEA 
240 and consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit. 
444 
ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO 

Practical application of directing for studio 
or main stage productions. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be 
repeated for credit. 

470 - 479 

INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

Students in the theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne- 
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 
Subjects for Independent Studies are 
chosen in conjunction with faculty members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

Students who qualify for Departmental 
Honors will produce a major independent 
project in research or technical theatre. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 




WOMEN'S STUDIES 

(WMST) 

Assistant Professor: Hungerford (Coordinator) 

Although a major in women's studies is 
available only under the policies regarding 
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 40), 
an established minor in women's studies is 
provided. WMST 320 and three of the 
following courses are required for the minor. 

ART 339 Women in Art 
ENGL 334 Women and Literature 
HIST 3 1 Women in History 
PSCI 347 Women and Politics 
PS Y 34 1 Psychology of Women 
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Women 

With the approval of the coordinator, an 
appropriate special course or independent 
studies project may be substituted for one of 



the four courses required for the minor. To 
receive credit for a minor in women's studies, 
a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average 
in courses taken for that minor. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a cultural diversity course: 
WMST 320. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "D" courses for that semester. 

320 

ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of women's issues from an 
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will 
explore the social construction of gender, 
feminist research methods and theories, and 
the role of patriarchy in women's lives. 
Topics may involve language, art, science, 
politics, culture, violence, race, class, ethnic 
differences, sexuality, and pornography. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^R 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PRIZES AND AWARDS 




Prizes And Awards 



Endowed Funds 

William T. and Ruth S. Askey Music Prize 

is given to a graduating senior who is recog- 
nized for his/her proficiency as a music major. 

Jack C. Buckle Award is given annually to a 
junior male student with high moral qualities, 
who has at least a 2.00 cumulative GPA and, 
who has made an unusual contribution to campus 
life through leadership in student activities. 

Byron C. Brunstetter Science Award is 

given to a senior chemistry/biology major for 
outstanding achievement in chemical and 
biological sciences. 

The Class of 1907 Prize is granted to a 
senior, who is in the upper half of the class, 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and who has contributed to campus life 
through participation in athletics and other 
student activities. 

Benjamin C. Conner Prize is given to the 
graduating student who has done outstanding 
work in mathematics. 

Criminal Justice Society Prize is given to 
the criminal justice major who has demon- 
strated outstanding classroom performance, a 
promise of leadership and service to college 
and community. 

W. Arthur Faus Memorial Prize is given in 
memory of Dr. W. Arthur Faus, a former 
Professor of Philosophy at Lycoming College, 
to the graduating senior who has done 
outstanding work in philosophy. 

Durant L. Furey III Memorial Prize is 

given to the senior accounting major who has 
shown outstanding achievement in accounting. 

Gillette Foreign Language Prizes are given 
to French, German, and Spanish majors who 
have achieved excellence in these foreign 
languages. 

Dan Gustafson Award, in memory of a 
former member of the English Department, is 
given to the senior English major whose 
analytical writing demonstrates the highest 
standards of literary and critical excellence. 

Helen R. Hoover Community Service Prize 

is given annually to a graduating senior who 
has demonstrated a personal commitment to 
serving the fortunate citizens in either greater 
Williamsport or their own community of 
permanent residence. 

Elisha Benson Kline Prize is given to the 
senior mathematics major with outstanding 
achievement in the field. 

Charles J. Kocian Awards are given to the 
accounting, business administration, and 
economics majors who show the greatest 
proficiency in statistics; the mathematics 



^m 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PRIZES AND AWARDS 

• 



major who shows the greatest proficiency in 
appHed mathematics; the graduating senior 
who shows the greatest proficiency in 
computer science; the graduating senior who 
shows the greatest proficiency in operations 
research; the graduating senior business 
administration major with the highest grade 
point average; the graduating political science 
major with the highest grade point average; 
the graduating senior with the highest average 
in the class and the graduating nursing major 
with the highest grade point average. 

Alfred Kohler Studio Artist Award - The 

award is to be given to a deserving art studio 
major for the purchase of supplies in their 
chosen studio area. The award may or may 
not be given each year. The Lycoming Art 
Department will administer the award. 
Student selection is based upon meritorious 
achievement through a portfolio review. 

Don Lincoln Larrabee Law Prize is given to 
the graduating student who has shown 
outstanding scholarship in legal principles. 

The John M. Lindemuth Endowed Prize 

Fund, established in 1986 by Mr. and Mrs. 
John M. Lindemuth of Williamsport, Pennsyl- 
vania, provides annual cash awards for 
varsity football players who earn the highest 
cumulative grade point average in their chosen 
field of academic study at Lycoming College. 
This prize is managed in compliance with 
current NCAA regulations concerning 
scholastic awards for athletes. 

C. Daniel and Jeanne Little Award, 

presented in memory of two Lycoming 
alumni, is given to the outstanding student in 
public administration. 

Pheobe R. Lyon Prize is given to a student of 
the graduating class who has achieved 
outstanding attainments in the study of 
English as evidenced by a combination of 
writing skills, grade point average, and service 
to department. 



The Gertrude B. Madden Mass Communi- 
cation Award, established in 1985 by the 
students of the Mass Communication Society, 
is presented annually to the senior mass com- 
munication major who, in the judgment of his 
or her peers, has best integrated academic 
excellence, professional development in a mass 
media field and contribution to campus media. 

The McDowell Prize is given to the senior 
ministerial student who excels in scholarship, 
deportment, and promise of usefulness, and 
who declares his intention to make the 
ministry his life work. 

The Metzler Prize is given to a junior for 
superior work in Junior English. 

M.B. Rich Prizes are given to: the student in 
the freshman class who attains the highest 
rank in scholarship and deportment; to the two 
students who at a public contest excel in 
reading the Scriptures; and to the two students 
who excel in writing and delivering an 
original oration. 

The Professor Logan A. Richmond 
Accounting Prize is awarded annually to a 
graduating senior who has done outstanding 
work in accounting and demonstrated excep- 
tional proficiency in writing. 

The Janet A. Rodgers Academic Award, 

established in honor of the founding chair of 
the Department of Nursing, provides an 
annual $100 award to a senior nursing student 
who demonstrates exceptional academic 
achievement and has been an active partici- 
pant in health-related programs. 

Mary L. Russell Award, named in honor of a 
professor emeritus of music, is given for 
outstanding musical achievement. 

Nathan A. Scheib Memorial Music Fund, in 

memory of a friend of the College, provides 
financial assistance to qualified deserving 
students for advanced training in music. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PRIZES AND AWARDS 



Trask Chemistry Prize is given to the senior 
chemistry major who has done outstanding 
work in the field. 

The James E. Wehr Award is presented to a 
student who has demonstrated a personal 
expertise in the subject of financial accounting. 

Williamsport Rotary Club Nursing Prize 

This prize is awarded to a part-time student 
taking courses on a regular basis in the B.S.N, 
program. Preference will to be given to a 
registered nurse with the highest cumulative 
GPA who is also a permanent resident of the 
greater Williamsport community. 

The Sol "Woody" Wolfe Athletic Prize is 

awarded annually to that participant in an 
authorized N.C.A.A. sport who has shown the 
most improvement in intercollegiate competi- 
tion in his first three years in college. 

Annual Prizes 

American Chemical Society Award, spon- 
sored by the Susquehanna Valley Chapter of 
the society, is given to the outstanding senior 
in chemistry. 

Accounting Society Service Award is given 
for outstanding service to the Lycoming 
College Accounting Society. 

American Institute of Chemists Prize, given 
by the Philadelphia section of the Institute, goes 
to a senior major with an outstanding record of 
leadership, ability, character and scholastic 
achievement. 

Arena Theatre Awards: 

Performance - This award is given to the 
senior who has demonstrated outstanding 
ability in theatre performance. 
Technical Theatre - This award is given to the 
senior who has demonstrated outstanding 
ability in technical theatre. 

Biology Service Award is given to the 
student who has shown good academic work 
and has fostered the ideals of the department 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



by willingness to become involved in the 
activities of the department. 

The Financial Management Award is given 
to a graduating student for outstanding 
achievement in the financial management field. 

Freshman Biology Award is given to the 
freshman who has obtained the highest overall 
average in BIO 110-111 (major biology 
lecture and laboratory). 

CRC Press Chemistry Achievement Award 

is given to that freshman who has demonstrated 
outstanding achievement in general chemistry. 

Chieftain Award, the College's most presti- 
gious award, is given to the senior who has 
contributed most to Lycoming through support 
of school activities; who has exhibited out- 
standing leadership qualities; who has worked 
effectively with other members of the College 
community; who has evidenced a good moral 
code; and whose academic rank is above the 
median for the preceding senior class. 

Civic Choir Award is given to the College 
choir member who has outstanding musical 
ability and who has made significant leader- 
ship contributions to the choir. 

Contribution Award is awarded to the 
chapter who through volunteerism or philan- 
thropic work has contributed to either or all 
of the area, campus, or world communities. 

Elizabeth Cowles Dedication to Greek Life 
Award is awarded in honor of the Alpha Rho 
Omega advisor from 1983-1994 to the 
individual who has dedicated his/her time and 
energy for the betterment of Greek life at 
Lycoming College. 

Durkheim Prize is given to the outstanding 
senior sociology/anthropology major(s). 

The Bishop William Perry Eveland Prize is 

granted to a senior resident student, who is in 
the upper half of the class, for progress in 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PRIZES AND AWARDS 



scholarship, loyalty, school spirit, and part- 
icipation in school activities. 

Excellence in Two-Dimensional Art Award 

is given to the outstanding senior art major in 
this field. 

Excellence in Three-Dimensional Art 
Award is given to the outstanding senior art 
major in this field. 

Excellence in Political Science Award is 

given to the senior political science major who 
has performed with excellence. 

Faculty Award for Achievement in Fine Art 

is given to an outstanding senior art major in 
the field of studio art or art history. 

J.W. Feree Award, given in memory of the 
first mathematics professor at Lycoming's fore- 
runner, the Dickinson Seminary, goes to the 
student most active in mathematical sciences. 

The Faculty Prize is granted to a senior 
commuting student who has participated in 
student activities and who is in the upper 
half of the class. 

Freshman Academic Award is given to the 
freshman student(s) with the highest GPA 
after the fall semester. 

The General Management Award is given 
to a graduating student for outstanding 
achievement in the general management field. 

John P. Graham Award, named in honor of 
a professor emeritus, is given to the senior 
English major who achieves the highest 
average in English. 

Edward J. Gray Prizes are given to the 
graduating students with the highest and 
second highest averages. 

Greek Man of the Year is bestowed upon the 
man of outstanding character within the Greek 
community. He is one who has contributed 
greatly to the Greek system as well as his 
chapter while at Lycoming College. 



Greek Woman of the Year is bestowed upon 
the woman of outstanding character within the 
Greek community. She is one who has cont- 
ributed greatly to the Greek system as well as 
her chapter while at Lycoming College. 

The John G. Hollenback Award is given for 
high academic performance and outstanding 
service to the Business Department. 

The International Business Management 
Award is given to a graduating student for 
outstanding achievement in the international 
business management field. 

IRUSKA Awards denote membership in the 
society for juniors who are very active on 
campus. 

Junior Book Award is given to the outstand- 
ing junior political science major. 

The Kramer and Hoffman Associates 
Award is given for superior achievement in 
the study of federal income tax. 

The Makisu Award is given for outstanding 
service to the college community, for dedica- 
tion above and beyond the realm of one's 
obligations to the College. 

The Marketing Management Award is 

given to a graduating student for outstanding 
achievement in the marketing management 
field. 

Department of Mathematical Sciences 
Award is given to that student demonstrating 
excellence in computer programming. [Or 
other criterion to be specified (by the depart- 
ment); e.g. "outstanding scholarship"] 

Ethel McDonald Pax Christi Award is given 
for outstanding but quiet consistency in the 
life of faith and the practice of Christianity, 
noteworthy personal integrity and humble 
loving compassion expressed in daily life. 

Walter G. Mclver Award, named after 
Lycoming's former choir director, is given to 
an outstanding and dedicated choir member 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PRIZES AND AWARDS 



who has made significant campus contribu- 
tions outside of choir. 

New Member Class Academic Excellence is 

awarded to the new member class (pledge 
class) who has achieved the highest GPA 
within the Greek system. 

Most Improved Pledge Grades is awarded to 
the pledge class whose GPA has shown the 
greatest improvement within the Greek 
system. 

Most Improved GPA for a Greek Chapter 

is awarded to the chapter whose entire chapter 
has shown the greatest improvement within 
the Greek system. 

Department of Nursing Award for Clinical 
Excellence is given for outstanding achieve- 
ment in the clinical setting. 

Department of Nursing Faculty Award is 

given to the senior nursing major who best 
exemplifies the spirit of the profession. 

Lycoming College Nursing Honor Society 
Research Recognition Award is given to the 
nursing student who has demonstrated an in- 
depth understanding of the research process, 
as evidenced by a completed research project, 
with formal dissemination of the results of the 
study. 

Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants Award is given to the senior 
accounting major who has demonstrated high 
scholastic standing and qualities of leadership. 

The Penguin Award, in memory of Robert T. 
Guellich, II, '92, recognizes the junior student 
who has excelled in English, preferably with a 
concentration in political science, and who has 
contributed significantly to campus life. 

Pocahontas Award is given to Lycoming's 
outstanding female athlete. 

Psi Chi Service Award is given for contribu- 
tions to the Psychology Department. 



Richard L. Mix and Miriam S. Mix Re- 
search and Writing Prize in History is given 
to the student submitting the best paper in 
Historical Methods. 

Sadler Prize is given to the student with the 
highest achievement in calculus, foundations 
of mathematics, algebra, and analysis. 

Senior Management Award is given to the 
business major(s) whose senior management 
project was judged best by the Business 
Administration Department. 

Robert H. Ewing Senior Scholarship Prize 
in History is given to the senior major with 
the highest average. 

Service to Lycoming Award, sponsored by 
the Office of Student Services, is given to 
students who have made outstanding 
contributions to Lycoming. 

Frances K. Skeath Award is given to the 
senior with outstanding achievement in 
mathematics. 

J. Milton Skeath Award is given for superior 
undergraduate achievement and potential for 
further work in psychology. 

Sophomore Intermediate Accounting 
Award is given for the accounting major with 
the highest average in Intermediate Account- 
ing at the end of the spring term. 

The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in 

Economics is given to a graduating student for 
outstanding achievement in economics. 

The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in 

Music is given to the College band member 
who has outstanding musical ability and who 
has made significant leadership contributions 
to the band. 

Tomahawk Award is given to Lycoming's 
outstanding male athlete. 

The Wall Street Journal Award is given to a 
senior who has demonstrated excellence in 



economics. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



The Board Of Trustees 



OFFICERS 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman 

First Vice President 
for Investments 
Merrill Lynch. Pierce, 
Fenner & Smith 
Wiliiamsport. PA 

Donald E. Failor '68 Vice 

Chairman 

Owner/Chartered 

Underwriter 

D.E. Failor Associates 

Harrisburg, PA 

John C. Schultz 

Secretary 
President 
Jersey Shore Steel 
Jersey Shore, PA 

Ann S. Pepperman 

Assistant Secretary 
Partner 

McNemey, Page, 
Vanderlin & Hall 
Wiliiamsport, PA 

William J. Ainsworth '63 

Partner, Management 
Consulting 

KPMG, Peat Marwick 
Atlanta, GA 

David R. Bahl 

Partner 

McCormick Law Firm 

Wiliiamsport, PA 

David Y. Brouse '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE 
Montoursville, PA 

Melvin H. 
Campbell, Jr. '70 

Owner/President 
Campbell, Harrington 
& Brear 
York, PA 

Harold D. Chapman 

Chairman 
Cobblers, Inc. 
Wiliiamsport, PA 



Jay W. Cleveland, Sr. 

Owner/President 
Cleveland Brothers 
Equipment Company 
Harrisburg, PA 

Richard W. DeWald '61 

Chairman 

Montgomery Plumbing 
Montoursville, PA 

James E. Douthat 

President 

Lycoming College 
Wiliiamsport, PA 

Michael J. Hayes '63 

President and CEO 

Fred's 
Memphis, TN 

James L. Hebe '71 

President 

Freightliner Corporation 

Portland, OR 

Harold D. 
Hershberger, Jr. '51 

President 

Deer Mountain Associates 

Wiliiamsport, PA 

Marjorie Ferrell 
Jones '50 

Editor 

Jones Chemicals, Inc. 

LeRoy, NY 

Kenrick R, Khan '57 

Clergy/Teacher, Retired 
Penney Farms, FL 

Dale N. Krapf '67 

Owner 

Krapfs Coaches, Inc. 

West Chester, PA 

David B. Lee '61 

CEO/Chairman 
Omega Financial Corp. 
State College, PA 

Margaret D. L'Heureux 

President/Realtor 
Peggy L'Heureux 
Real Estate 
Wiliiamsport, PA 



Robert G. Little '63 

Family Physician 
Community Medical 
Association 
Harrisburg, PA 

D. Stephen Martz '64 

Omega Financial 
President and COO 
State College, PA 
Holiday Trust 
President and CEO 
Hollidaysburg, PA 

Thomas J. McElheny '69 

President, Christian 
Purchasing Network 
Sarasota, FL 

Norman B. Medow '60 

Physician/Surgeon 
Manhattan Eye, Ear & 
Throat Hospital 
New York, NY 

George A. Nichols '59 

President/General Manager 
Inn at Nichols Village 
Clarks Summit, PA 

V. Jud Rogers 

Senior Relationship Mgr. 
Northern Central Bank 
Towanda, PA 

Henry D. Sahakian 

CEO, Unico Corporation 
State College, PA 

Harold H. 
Shreckengast, Jr. '50 

Audit Partner/Retired 
Price Waterhouse 
Jenkintown, PA 

Hugh H. Sides '60 

President 
Robert M. Sides 
Music, Inc. 
Wiliiamsport, PA 

Clinton W. Smith '55 

President Judge, Court of 
Common Pleas 
29th Judicial District 
Wiliiamsport, PA 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^R 



Jeanne K. Twigg '74 

Former owner - 
nursing home 
Montoursville, PA 

Burke R. Veley '60 

IBM CFO, Retired 
West Chester, PA 

Phyllis L. Yasui 

Nurse/Retired/Homemaker 
Wiliiamsport, PA 

Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71 

Managing Director, 
Treasurer, Secretary 
T. Rowe Price 
Associates, Inc. 
Baltimore, MD 

EMERITI 

Samuel H. Evert '34 

Owner, Retired 

S. H. Evert Company 

Bloomsburg, PA 

Kenneth E. Himes 

Treasurer, Retired 
Lycoming College 
Wiliiamsport, PA 

W. Gibbs McKenney '37 

Partner, Retired 
McKenney, Thom.sen 
& Burke 
Lutherville, MD 

William Pickelner 

Owner 

Pickelner Fuel Oil 
Company 
Wiliiamsport, PA 

Marguerite Rich VI 

Homemaker 
Woolrich, PA 

Wallace F. Stettler 

President, Wyoming 
Seminary, Retired 
Dallas, PA 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Administrative Staff 



James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Mary 

M.Div., Duke University 

Ed.D., Duke University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Daniel G. Fultz (1989) 

Executive V.P. and Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., Bucknell University 

M. Ben Hogan (1992) 

Dean of Student Affairs 

B.A., St. Francis College 

M.S., University of Southern Maine 

Ed.D., Vanderbilt University 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Kevin J. McTernan (1997) 

Vice President for Development 

and College Relations 
B.A., Hamilton College 
M.Div., Yale University 

Daniel Ashlock, Jr. (1994) 

Director of Student Programs/Leadership 
B.S., Northern Arizona University 
M.S. Central Connecticut State 

Geoffrey K. Bailey (1996) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.S., Guilford College 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
at Greensboro 



Jeffrey G. Baird (1992) 

Director of Safety & Security 
B.A., Mansfield University 

Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Director of Planned Giving 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D., United Theological Seminary 

Mark Britten (1994) 

Director of Counseling Services 

B.A., Mansfield University 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Steven Caravaggio (1992) 

Director of Academic Computing 
& End User Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

Bonnie Clark (1996) 

Counselor, Health Services 
B.A., M.S., Mansfield University 

Benjamin H. Comfort, III (1996) 

Director of Financial Aid 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Molly Costello (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
A.B., Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University 

Tara Crebs (1994) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Denise Davidson (1994) 

Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life 

B.A., Clark University 

M.S., Miami University of Ohio 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

« 



Jerry S.Falco( 1990) 

Director of Career Development Center 

B.S., Westminster College 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Sister Catherine Ann Gilvary IHM (1994) 

Catholic Campus Minister 

A.B., M.A., M.S., Marywood College 

Frank L.Girardi( 1984) 

Director of Athletics & Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Daniel J. Hartsock (1981) 

Assistant Dean for Sophomores 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 

B.H., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Alice N. Heaps (1986) 

Associate Director of Admissions 
B.S., Shippensburg University 

David Heffner (1994) 

Assoc. Dean/Director of 

Communications Technology 
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Bloomsburg University 

David Heiney (1997) 

Director of Administrative Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., Bucknell University 
Ed.D., Nova University 

Thomas J. Henninger (1966) 

Director of Administrative 

Computing and Data Networks 
B.S., Wake Forest College 
M.A., University of Kansas 

Rebecca L. C. Hile (1995) 

Registrar 

B.A., Point Park College 

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 



J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 

Associate Dean 

B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

Nancy Hollick (1990) 

Staff Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

Michelle M. Jones (1996) 

Director of Accounting 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Wayne E.Kinley( 1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. Sue B. McCormick (1997) 

Director of Alumni and Parent Programs 
B.S., Lycoming College 

Wendy Mahonski (1995) 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Wanda McDonough (1994) 

Director of Annual Giving 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Jeffrey A. Michaels (1995) 

Sports Information Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Slippery Rock University 

Anne L. Petcavage (1996) 

Coordinator of Internships and 

Assistant to the Director of IMS 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 

H. Karen Ransdorf (1990) 

Campus Store Manager 

LeannM. Ritter(1995) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 




Thomas L. Ruhl (1995) 

Director of Major Gifts 
B.S., Bloomsburg University 

Nicole Scott (1997) 

Admissions Counselor 

B.A., Central Methodist College 

William C. Sherwood (1990) 

Business Manager 

B.S., Lycoming College 

M.B.A., Michigan State University 

Kimberly Janne Smith (1997) 

Prospect Research Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeremy Spencer (1995) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 



Sondra L. Stipcak (1995) 

Nurse, Director of Health Services 
B.S.N. , Indiana University of PA 

Eric Szentesy (1996) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Elissa Totin (1997) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.S., Lycoming College 

Diana VanFleet (1993) 

Development Officer 

B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Elizabeth Westley (1997) 

Student Life Coordinator 

B.A., James Madison University 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Mary B. Wolf (1985) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen 
B.A., St. Mary's College 
M.P.A., University of Michigan 

Emeriti 

Jack C. Buckle 

Dean of Students Emeritus 
A.B., Juniata College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 
L.H.D., Ohio Wesley an University 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz 

President Emeritus 
A.B., Dickinson College 
M.A., Boston University 
S.T.B., Boston University 
LL.D., Dickinson College 
D.D., Lycoming College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



FACULTY 



* On Sabbatical Fall Semester - 1998 
** On Sabbatical Spring Semester 1999 
*** On Sabbatical Academic Year 1998-99 

* * * * On Sabbatical Calendar Year 1 998 
***** On leave Academic Year 1998-99 

Professors 

Robert B. Angstadt (1967) 

Biology 

B.S., Ur sinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979) 

Music 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 

B.A., B.M., Oberlin College 

M.M., Ohio University 

D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Jon R. Bogle (1976)*** 

Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University' 

Jack D. Diehl, Jr. (1971) 

Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Robert F. Falk (1970) 

Theatre 

B.A., B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

David A. Franz (1970) 

Chemistry 

Marshal of the College 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Ernest D. Giglio (1972) 
Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M. A., SU NY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 



Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Eduardo Guerra (1960) 

Religion 

B.D., Southern Methodist University 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

Richard A. Hughes (1970) 
M.B. Rich Chair in Religion 
B.A., University of Indianapolis 
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 

Emily R. Jensen (1969) 

English 

B.A., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert H. Larson (1969) 

History 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Paul A. MacKenzie (1970) ** 

German 

A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Kathleen D. Pagana (1982) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. , University of Maryland 

M.S.N., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969)*** 

History 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

David J. Rife (1970)** 

English 

John F. Graham Teaching Chair 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Michael G. Roskin (1972)** 

Political Science 

A.B., University of California at Berkeley 

M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 

Ph.D., The American University 

Roger D. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

B.A., Otterbein College 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A.. University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin 

Stanley T. Wilk (1973) 

Anthropology 

B.A., Hunter College 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Associate Professors 

Jerry D. Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K. Beidler (1975) ** 
Collection Management Services Librarian 
B.A., University of Delaware 
M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989)** 

Spanish 

B.A., University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 

Richard R. Erickson (1973) 
Astronomy and Physics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

David Fisher (1984) 

Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Amy Golahny (1985) 

Art 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematics 

B.A., Acadia University 

M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 

Habil, Universitat Mannheim 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 

Bruce M. Hurlbert (1982) 

Director of Library Services 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 
Instructional Services Librarian and 
Associate Dean 
B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

EldonF.Kuhns,II(1979) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

D. Litt, Wilson College (Honoris Causa) 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 

M.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

D. Litt, Wilson College (Honoris Causa) 

Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Robert J. B. Maples (1969) 

French 

A.B., University of Rochester 

Ph.D., Yale University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Richard J. Morris (1976) ** 

History 

B.A., Boston State College 
M.A., Ohio University 
Ph.D., New York University 

Doris P. Parrish (1983) 

Nursing 

B.S., SUNY at Plattsburgh 

M.S., Russell Sage College 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 

Kathryn M.Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Gene D. Sprechini (1981) **** 

Mathematics 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

A.B., Syracuse University 
B.M., Ithaca College 
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

Robert E. Van Voorst (1989) 

Rehgion 

B.A., Hope College 

M.Div., Western Theological Seminary 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Physics 

B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vcmderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 

Robert A. Zaccaria (1973) 

Biology 

B.A., Bridgewater College 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 

Assistant Professors 

Susan Alexander (1991) 

Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Holly D.Bendorf (1995) 

Chemistry 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles 

James Blair (1994) 

Education 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.E., D.Ed. The Pennsylvania State University 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Gloria Clark (1993) 

Foreign Languages 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A. University of Delaware 
Ph.D., SUNY—Binghamton 

John H. Conrad (1959) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State College 

M.A., New York University 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 

• 



Santusht S. deSilva (1983) 

Mathematics 

B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

B. Lynn Estomin (1993) 

Art 

B.A., Antioch College 

M.F.A., University of Cincinnati 

Sascha Feinstein (1995) 

English 

B.A., University of Rochester 

M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

Michelle S. Ficca (1985) 

Nursing 

B.S., Stroudsburg State University 

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Bahram Golshan (1989) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran 

M.S., Edinboro State University of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S., Kent State University 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A., Kutztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

Christopher M. Halcala (1996) 

Psychology 

B.A., Castleton State College 

M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 

Edward Henninger (1988) 

Business Administration 
B.S., Shippensburg University 
M.B.A., Shippensburg University 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A.A., Cayuga County Community College 
B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburgh 
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



Diane C.Janda (1988) 

Music 

B.M., University of Texas at Austin 
M.M., D.M.A., University of Cincinnati, 
College-Conservatory of Music 

Sandra Kingery (1998) 

Spanish 

B.S., Lawrence University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison 

Steven Koehn (1997) 

Communication 

B.A., VA Polytechnic & State Univ. 

M.A., Pepperdine Univ. 

D.Ed., West Virginia Univ. 

Charles H. Mahler (1994) 

Chemistry 

B.A., The Ohio State University 

M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) 

Biology 

B.S., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., Marquette University 

Kurt H. Olsen (1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal of the College 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Eileen M. Peluso (1998) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

Donald Slocum (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S., Cornell University 
M.S., The American University 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
C.P.A., Washington, DC 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S., B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Larry R. Strauser (1973) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.P.A., University of Arizona 

Mark Toncar (1994) 

Business Administration 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University 

Richard Weida (1987) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Muhlenberg College 

M.S., Ph.D, University of Delaware 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York) 

Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Communication 

B.A., Emory University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

David B. Yerger (1996) 

Economics 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.S., Cornell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Instructors 

Tammy Anderer (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Bloomsburg University 

M.S.N., College Misericordia 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 



Lori Lauver (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

M.S.N., College Misericordia 

Susan M.Ross (1998) 

Sociology 

B.A., Millersville University 

M.A., University of New Hampshire 

Susan Siotleski-Krum (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., M.S.N., College Misericordia 

Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematics 

B. Bus. Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College, 
CUNY 

Albert Alexander (1993) 

Business Administration 

B.S., M.S., Syracuse University 

Jaye Beetem (1997) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 
B.F.A., University of Utah 
M.A., Louisiana University 
M.F.A., Wayne State University 

Betsy Boring (1992) 

Spanish 

B.S., Bloomsburg State University 

George Bossert (1991) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.S., Bucknell University 

David Bower (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.Ed.. Pennsylvcmia State University 

Katharine Cimini (1992) 

Visiting Instructor of Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., College of William and Mary 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 

Music/Theatre 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Regina Collins (1991) 

Mathematics 

B.A., Rosemont College 

Natasha Cooper (1993) 

Instructional Services Librarian 

Assistant Professor 

B.A., Colgate University 

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

M.L.S., Syracuse University 

Harry Davis (1994) 

Nursing 

B.A., Millersville State University 

M.A., Liberty University 

Richard S. Coulter (1990) 

Music 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University 

Roger Davis (1984) 

Mathematics 

B.S.Ed., Clarion State College 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

David Ellis (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., State University of New York at Oswego 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
Psy.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Amy Falk (1991) 

French & Spanish 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Joseph D. Galanti (1996) 

Education 

B.S., M.S., University ofScranton 

Sheila Hartung (1994) 

Visiting Instructor of Nursing 
B.S.N., M.S.N., Villanova University 

Kimberly Golden (1996) 

Music Education 

B.A., University of Richmond 

M. Mas., Virginia Commonwealth University 

Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Phoebe Haupert (1996) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Albright College 

M.S.N., Villanova University 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Dorothy Hoy (1993) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Messiah College 

Millie Hepburn-Smith 

Nursing 

B.S.N., State University of New York, Brockport 

Sherril Ingram (1991) 

Visiting Instructor of Nursing 

B.S.N. , University of Pittsburgh 

M.S.N. , Virginia Commonwealth University 

OcieKilgus(1994) 

Spanish 

B.A., Bucknell University 

Don M. Larrabee, II (1972) 
Lecturer in Law 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 
LL.B., Fordham University 

Timothy Mahoney (1992) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lock Haven State University 

M.S., Eastern Kentucky University 

Alison Maloney (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Bloomsburg University 

M.S.N., College Misericordi 

Lou Ann Miller (1993) 

Chemistry 

A.B., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Bruce Mosser (1990) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

John S. Olszowka (1998) 

Visiting Instructor of History 
B.A., M.A., State University of 
New York at Buffalo 

Ami Pagana (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Thomas Jefferson University 

M.S.B.A., Bucknell University 



® 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 

• 



Lynn Painter (1995) 

Visiting Instructor of Nursing 
B.S.N. , Bloomsburg University 
M.S.N. , College Misericordia 

Thomas Raup (1995) 

Visiting Professor of Legal Studies 
A.B., Columbia College 
J.D., Columbia School of Law 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Dianne Todd Sawyer (1994) 

Adjunct Instructor in Nursing 
B.S., Hartwick College 
M.S., University of Rochester 

Gary Steele (1988) 

Music 

B.M., Juilliard School 

M.M., Eastman School of Music 

Melissa Sutherland (1998) 

Visiting Instructor of Mathematics 
B.A., University of New York at Geneseo 
M.A,, University of New York at Albany 

Ronald Straub (1989) 

Education 

B.S., East Stroudsburg University 

M.S., Lehigh University 

Brenda Terry-Manchester (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Lycoming College 

M.S.N., College Misericordia 

David S. Witwer (1994)***** 

Visiting Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., DePauw University 
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University 

Mary Wolf (1985) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Political Science 
B.A., St. Mary^'s College 
M.P.A., University of Michigan 

JohnJ. Zalonis(1995) 

Education 

B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College 



Applied Music Instructors 

Diana L. Bailey (1986) 

Saxapiione 

B.S., Susquehanna University 

Judith D. Burke (1991) 

Clarinet 

B.S., Mansfield University 

Richard W. Campbell (1991) 

Bassoon 

B.M., Eastman School of Music 

Kate Comegys (1995) 

Voice 

B.S., The College of St. Rose 

Sarah Hopkins 

Voice 

B.A., University of Richmond 
B.M., University of Miami 
M.A., University of Chicago 
D.M.A., University of Maryland 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A.B., Westminster Choir College 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Robert Leidhecker (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M., Mansfield University 

W. Stanley Mullen (1994) 

Guitar 

B. Mus., The Pennsylvania State University 

Mary L. Russell (1936) 

Music 

B.S., Susquehanna University 

Conservatory of Music 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Kelli Smoker (1997) 

Voice 

B.S., Faith Baptist Bible College 

M. Mus., Indiana University 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Galal Amed, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Divine Providence Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Gerald R. Fahs, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 17603 

Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical 

Technology 

The Lancaster General Hospital 

Lancaster, PA 17603 

Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 

Science Program 

Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park 

ElkinsPark,PA19117 

Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratory Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Sayre,PA 18840 

Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Divine Providence Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 

Kathleen Sazama, M.D., J.D. 

Medical Director, School of Clinical 
Laboratory Science Program 
Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park 
Elkins Park, PA 19027 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Clinical Laboratory Science Program 

Robert Packer Hospital 

Say re, PA 18840 

Emeriti 

Clarence W. Burch 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

John P. Graham 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Dickinson College 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hancock 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

B.S., M.S. Bucknell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business 

Administration 

B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.N.S., Tufts University 
M.S., Middlebury College 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ur sinus College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Walter G. Mclver 

Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus.B., Westminster Choir College 
A.B., Bucknell University 
M.A., New York University 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY • ATHLETIC STAFF 



Roger W. Opdahl 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University' of Pittsburgh 

John A. Radspinner 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Richmond 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Conservatory of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




Athletic Staff 



Joseph M. Bressi 

Head Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., East Stroudsburg University 

George Camp 

Head Track Coach 

Gerald J. Cournoyer 

Head Swimming Coach 
B.S., Norn'ich University 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ATHLETIC STAFF 

• 



Christen Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 
Head Women's Softball Coach 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Mike Fiamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., Mansfield University 

Robyn Flaherty 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
Assistant Women's Softball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Frank L. Girardi 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Thomas R. Griffith 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 
B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Gene Haupt 

Assistant Football Coach 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Women's Tennis Coach 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Sonny Kirkpatrick 

Head Volleyball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Joe Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Terry Mantle 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.S., Lock Haven University 

Joe Mark 

Men's Tennis Coach 

Anna Madigan 

Assistant Women's Soccer Coach 
B.S., Bloomsburg University 

Yvonne M. Meuse 

Cheerleading Advisor 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wresding Coach 
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy 

Frank Neu 

Head Athletic Trainer 
B.A., Central College 
M.S., Drake University 

Gene J. Peluso 

Head Lacrosse Coach 

B.S., Nazareth College of Rochester 

Pat Schemery 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.S., Mansfield University 

Jack Shafer 

Head Soccer Coach 
B.A., Bethany College 
M.A., Washington College 

Michael J. Silecchia 

Asst. Football Coach & Golf Coach 
B.A., Mansfield University 
M.A., Mansfield University 

Eric Szentesy 

Assistant Men's Soccer Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Nicki Thol 

Assistant Athletic Trainer 
B.S., Kutztown University 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Matt Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Administrative Assistants 



Victoria G. Anderton 

Campus Store Assistant 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Michael J. Beatty 

Security Supervisor 

Nathalie R. Beck 

Assistant to the President 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Julia L. Brink 

Secretary, Business Manager 

Sandra L. Burrows 

Secretary, College Relations 

Diane M. Carl 

Secretary to President 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

Diana L. Cleveland 

System Administrator 

Richard L. Cowher II 

Printing Services Coordinator 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Data Information Specialist & Project 
Supervisor 

Terri R. Driscoll 

Secretary, Athletics 

Gladys M. Engel 

Faculty Secretary 

Orlan J. Fisher 

Mailroom Coordinator 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




Paula M. Fisher 

Prospect Data Information Specialist & 
Secretary 

Nicole S. Franquet 

Network Administrator 

Sue C. Hartranft 

Secretary, Alumni & Parent Programs & 
Alumni Association 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

Loraine M. Hembury 

Student Information Specialist 

Esther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary 

David M. Kelchner 

Programmer Analyst 

Shelly A. LaForme 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Sandra L. Lander 

Systems Analyst 

Richard D. Lane 

Library Evening Proctor 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Donna M. Laughrey 

Campus Store Assistant 

Peggie A. LeFever 

Personnel Coordinator 

B. Brian Leonard 

Media Technology Coordinator 

Tina J. Lorson 

Faculty Secretary 

John J. Maness 

Security Supervisor 

Dorothy E. Maples 

Box Office Manager 

NieUn L. Meredith 

Assistant Admissions Data Entry Clerk 

Tracy B. Miles 

Secretary, Campus Ministry 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Yvonne L. Miller 

Technical Support Analyst 

Virginia A. Montville 

Communications Officer 

Brian M. Moyer 

Security Supervisor 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, Document Delivery 

Judith E. Noble 

Library Technician, Acquisitions 

Marion R. Nyman 

Bursar/Executive Secretary 
to the Treasurer & Controller 

Sherry L. Schaefer 

Secretary, Residence Life 

Pamela S. Smith 

Secretary, Career Development Center 

Gail M. Spencer 

Library Technician, Circulation 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Robin J. Straka 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Carolyn L Vander Weide 

Faculty Secretary 

Judy E. Walker 

Secretary, Health & Counseling Services 

Nancy A. Walker 

Faculty Secretary 

Deborah E. Weaver 

Manager, Residence Halls Operations 

Donna A. Weaver 

Assistant, Student Programs/ 
Leadership Development 

Sandra Wenzel 

Campus Store Clerk 

Geraldine H. Wescott 

Library Technician, Periodicals 

Roberta Wheeler 

Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Amy M. Yocum 

Faculty Secretary 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 



Alumni Association 




The Alumni Association of Lycoming 
College has a membership of over 13,000 men 
and women. It is governed by an Executive 
Board consisting of 24 members-at-large. The 
Board includes members representing various 
class years and geographic areas, the senior 
class president, the current student body pres- 
ident, and past presidents of the last graduating 
class and the Student Senate of Lycoming 
College. The Director of Alumni and Parent 
Programs manages the activities of the Alumni 
Office. 

The Alumni Association has the following 
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an 
off-campus constituency, the association's 
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an 
active and mutually beneficial relationship 
between the College and its alumni, utilizing 
their talents, resources, and counsel to further 
the objectives and programs of Lycoming 
College." 

1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 
who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with under- 
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible 
for keeping alumni informed and interested in 
the programs, growth, and activities of the 
College through regular publications mailed to 
all alumni on record. Arrangements for 
Homecoming, Class Reunions, club meetings, 
and similar activities are coordinated through 
this Office. Through the Lycoming College 
Annual Fund, the Alumni office is closely 
associated with the development program of 
the College. Communications to the Alumni 
Association should be addressed to the 
Alumni and Parent Programs Office. 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 



Alumni Association executive board 




TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2001 

Daniel W. Bythewood '68 
Robert P. Crockett '61 
D. Keigh Earisman '58 
William R. Lawry '64 
Erman E. Lepley, Jr. '78 
James G. Scott '70 
Linda Porr Sweeney '78 
Ronalee B. Trogner '69 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2000 

Julie A. Hottle Day '88 
Helen H. Fultz '57 
Angela V. Kyte '73 
Julie M. Makatche '92 
Jon C. Vandevander '79 
Dennis G. Youshaw '61 



TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 1999 

N. Mark Achenbach '58 
Jay W.Cleveland Jr. '88 
Kenneth L. Koetzner '61 
Otto L. Sonder '46 

Members of the Board 
Serving a One- Year Term 

Student Senate of Lycoming College 
(SSLC) President 
Veronica Buttari 

SSLC Past President 

Tiffany A. Blaski 

1998 Senior Class President 

Christy L. Smoyer 

1999 Senior Class President 

Casey B. Barnes 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INDEX 



Index 



Academic Advising 43 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 28 

Academic Honors 28 

Academic Program 29 

Accounting Curriculum 49 

Accounting-Mathematics (EIM) 53 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 24 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 26 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 44 

Alumni Association 181 

American Studies (EIM) 54 

Anthropology Curriculum 149 

Application Fee and Deposits 13 

Applied Music Requirements 123 

Art Curriculum 55 

Astronomy and Physics 61 

Astronomy Curriculum 61 

Athletic Training 1 35 

Audit 25 

Awards 160 

Biology Curriculum 66 

Board of Trustees 165 

B.S.N. Degree 31 

Business Administration Curriculum 73 

Campus Facilities 6 

Capitol Semester 48 

Career Development Services 20 

Chemistry Curriculum 78 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 44 

Class Attendance 25 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 24 

Communication Curriculum 82 

Community Service Curriculum 137 

Computer Science Curriculum 112 

Conduct, Standards of 22 

Contingency Deposits 13 

Cooperative Programs 36 

Engineering 36 

Environmental Studies 37 



Forestry 37 

Medical Technology 37 

Military Science 39 

Optometry 38 

Podiatry 38 

Counseling, Personal 20 

Course Credit by Examination 24 

Creative Writing 94 

Criminal Justice (EIM) 86 

Cultural Diversity 33 

Degree Programs/Requirements 30 

Dental School, Preparation 44 

Departmental Honors 43 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14 

Distribution Requirements 32 

English 32 

Fine Arts 32 

Foreign Language 32 

Humanities 32 

Mathematics 32 

Natural Sciences 33 

Social Sciences 33 

Economics Curriculum 87 

Education Curriculum 90 

Educational Opportunity Grants 17 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 36 

English Curriculum 94 

English Requirement 32 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 24 

Environmental Science Minor 68 

Environmental Studies 37 

Established Interdisciplinary Major (EIM). . 35 

Faculty 169 

Financial Aid/Assistance 16 

Fine Arts Requirements 32 

Foreign Language Requirement 32 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 99 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 37 

French Curriculum 100 

German Curriculum 101 

Grading System 26 

Graduation Requirements 30 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 



Greek Curriculum 147 

Health Professions, Preparation 44 

Health Services 20 

Hebrew Curriculum 147 

History Curriculum 104 

Honor Societies 29 

Humanities Requirement 32 

Independent Study 46 

Institute for Management Studies 108 

Interdisciplinary Majors 35 

Established Majors (EIM) 35 

Individual Majors (IIM) 35 

International Studies 110 

Internship Programs 47 

Legal Professions, Preparation 44 

Literature (EIM) 112 

Loans 18 

London Semester 48 

Lycoming Scholar Program 40 

Major 34 

Admission to 34 

Departmental 35 

Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 35 

Management Scholars Program 108 

Mathematical Sciences 112 

Mathematic Requirements 32 

Mathematics Curriculum 114 

May Term 46 

Medical School, Preparation 44 

Medical Technology 38 

Military Science Curriculum 118 

Minor 35 

Music Curriculum 120 

National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) 18 

Natural Science Requirement 33 

Near East Culture and Archaeology (EIM). . 1 24 

Non-degree Students 28 

Nursing 125 

Optometry 38 

Optometry School, Preparation 44 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 44 

Payment of Fees 13 

Philadelphia Semester 47 

Philosophy Curriculum 131 



Physical Activity, Wellness 

& Community Service Program 136 

Physical Activity Curriculum 136 

Physics Curriculum 63 

Placement Services 20 

Podiatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 38 

Political Science Curriculum 137 

Pre-Medicine 38 

Prizes and Awards 160 

Psychology Curriculum 141 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 24 

Religion Curriculum 144 

Repeated Courses 27 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 39 

Residence and Residence Halls 21 

Scholarships/Grants 17 

Scholarships (ROTC) 19 

Scholar Seminar 148 

Social Science Requirement 33 

Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 149 

Spanish Curriculum 103 

Staff 166, 179 

State Grants and Loans 18 

Student Records 24 

Study Abroad 48 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 18 

Theatre Curriculum 154 

Theological Professions, Advising 44 

Unit Course System 23 

United Nations Semester 48 

Veterinary School, Preparation 44 

Washington Semester 47 

Wellness Curriculum 136 

Westminster Oxford Semester 48 

Withdrawal from College 25 

Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12 

Women's Studies 159 

Work-Study Grants 18 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program. . . 33 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Communicating with lycoming college 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities; academic support 
services 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 

Athletic Director: 

Varsity Sports 



Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Family Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 

All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
Williamsport, P A 1 770 1 -5 1 92 

The College telephone number 
is (717) 321-4000 

Http ://w ww.lycoming.edu 

Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(717) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 

Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu 

Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances, 
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming 
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex, 
race, religion, handicap, finances, national 
or ethnic origin, or color in the administra- 
tion of any of its policies and programs. 



1998-99 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ ^ 



> o 

i o 



> ffl 



o 2 



^ 
> 



C 



? a